Toyota Camry 87-91 Electrical Wiring Diagram

FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1990 TOYOTA CAMRY. Applicable models: SV21, 25 series VZV21 series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals;

Manual Name S 1990 Camry Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2

Pub. No. RM151U1 RM151U2 DM011U DM013U DM014U NCF059U

S TCCS (3S–FE) Diagnosis Manual S ECT (A140E) Diagnosis Manual S ECT (A540E) Diagnosis Manual S 1990 Model New Car Features

All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 12 sections: No. 1 2 Section INDEX INTRODUCTION HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL TROUBLE– SHOOTING ABBREVIATIONS GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS Description Index of the contents of this manual. Brief explanation of each section.

3

Instructions on how to use this manual.

4

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

5

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

6

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

7

RELAY LOCATIONS

Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Computer, Relays, Junction Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes position of the Parts Connectors, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.

8

ELECTRICAL WIRE ROUTING POWER SOURCE (POWER–LOAD, Reference) INDEX

9

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.

10

Index of the system circuits. Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to use this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section. Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.

SYSTEM CIRCUITS 11

GROUND POINTS OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

2

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into each system circuit.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

4

A B

: System Title : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

J

: Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B BR G = Black = Brown = Green L O P = Blue = Orange = Pink R = Red V Y = Violet = Yellow W = White LG = Light Green

C D E F G

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky white in color. : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. : Indicates related system. : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). Outside numerals are pin numbers.

GR = Gray

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example: L–Y

(Blue)

(Yellow)

K L

: Page No. : Indicates a sealed wiring harness.

M N

: Indicates a ground point. : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example:

H I

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code (e.g. ) is the same as the code used in parts position. : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification). Example: 3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3.

Numbered in order from upper left to lower right

Numbered in order from upper right to lower left

The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above.

O

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ].

5

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
P
1.

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW Õ TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY Õ TERMINAL 1 Õ TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR Õ TERMINAL 1 Õ TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY Õ TERMINAL 3 Õ TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS STOP AT DESIRED POINT. (FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

2.

DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW Õ TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY Õ TERMINAL 4 Õ TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR Õ TERMINAL 2 Õ TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY Õ TERMINAL 3 Õ TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES TO ROTATE, ENABLING THEWINDOW TO DESCEND. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.

3.

DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

BY HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IN “UP” POSITION WHILE OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING THROUGH TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, STOPS THE WINDOW AND CONTINUING TO TOUCH THE SW, SWITCHES THE FUNCTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4.

PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW THROUGH TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) Õ TERMINAL 4 Õ TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR Õ TERMINAL 1 Õ TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW Õ TERMINAL 7 Õ TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW Õ TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW STOPS AT THE DESIRED POINT. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPS THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

5.

PASSENGER’S WINDOW DOWN OPERATION (POWER WINDOW SW)

HOLDING POWER WINDOW SW ON “DOWN”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW Õ TERMINAL 9 Õ TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR Õ TERMINAL 2 Õ TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW Õ TERMINAL 3 Õ TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW Õ TERMINAL 4 Õ TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO LOWER THE WINDOW. (FOR THE UP OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

Q

SERVICE HINTS
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (B) POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

R
A B

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE P4 P2 21 21 SEE PAGE C D CODE P5 P3 21 21 SEE PAGE E CODE P6 21 SEE PAGE

S
CODE 1

: RELAY BLOCKS
SEE PAGE 16 RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

T
CODE 3B

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
SEE PAGE 14 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

U
CODE D1 H1

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
SEE PAGE 26 26 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

V
CODE C

: GROUND POINTS
SEE PAGE 24 GROUND POINT LOCATION COWL LEFT

6

P : Explains the system outline. Q : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting. R : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part A (Power Window Master SW) represents code P4 on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with that letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector 1 is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector 3B connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. U : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector D1 connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel. V : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point C is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

7

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The Power – Load section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)

POWER SOURCE

8

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also be checked this way.

GROUND POINTS

9

TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point. – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

Example:

(b)

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a) (b) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.

(c)

Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

10

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. Example: – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.

CAUTION:
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU and various computer unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.

11

TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACEMENT FOR TERMINAL (with Terminal Retainer Type)
1. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR DISCONNECT TERMINAL FROM CONNECTOR (a) “for A type” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporally lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “for B type” Open the terminal retainer. (b) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear.

3.

INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporally lock position.

(b) 4.

Push the terminal retainer in to the full lock position.

CONNECT CONNECTOR

12

ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual. A/C A.B.S A/T CB COMB. DIFF. ECT ECU EFI EGR EX. FL ISC J/B LH M/T O/D R/B RH SW TCCS TEMP. VSV W/G W/ W/O 4WD = Air Conditioner = Anti Lock Brake System = Automatic Transmission = Circuit Breaker = Combination = Differential = Electronic Controlled Transmission = Electronic Control Unit = Electronic Fuel Injection = Exhaust Gas Recirculation = Except = Fusible Link = Idle Speed Control = Junction Block = Left-Hand = Manual Transmission = Overdrive = Relay Block = Right–Hand = Switch = Toyota Computer Controlled System = Temperature = Vacuum Switching Valve = Wagon Type = With = Without = Four Wheel Drive

13

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage. CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element. HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight filament to heat up and emit light. 1. SINGLE A headlight may have either a FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2) filament.

2. DOUBLE FILAMENT

HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset. DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction. DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator. DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs. FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage. FUSIBLE LINK A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow.

IGNITION COIL Converts low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ignition current for firing the spark plugs.

LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light. METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration. METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or flourescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display. MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.

FUEL

M

14

RELAY 1. NORMALLY CLOSED

2. NORMALLY OPEN

Basically, an electrically operated switch which may be normally closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch.

SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.

SWITCH, MANUAL 1. NORMALLY OPEN 2. NORMALLY CLOSED Opens and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other. RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other.

RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non–adjustable resistance values. RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.

SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allow various circuits. Particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.

SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off. TRANSISTOR A solidstate device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the applied voltage at “base.” WIRES (1) NOT CONNECTED Wires are always drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) with a black dot at the junction are spliced (joined) connections.

SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components. SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a junction block.

(2) SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.

SPLICED

15

RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]

[Body]
[S/D]

16

[Instrument Panel]

[Body]
[WAGON]

17

RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 1
Left Kick Panel (See Page 17)

18

[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]

19

RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 2 2 : R/B No. 2
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 16)

20

[J/B No. 2 Inner Circuit]

21

RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 3
Instrument Panel Left (See Page 17)

[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]

22

1

: R/B No. 1

Left Kick Panel

(See Page 17)

4

: R/B No. 4

Right Kick Panel

(See Page 17)

23

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[2VZ–FE]

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B B C C C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 43 44

A.B.S. Actuator A.B.S. Actuator A.B.S. Actuator A.B.S. Check Connector A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front LH A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front RH A/C Compressor Sensor A/C Condenser Fan Motor A/C Dual Pressure SW A/C High Pressure SW (for Radiator Fan) or Short Pin (w/o A/C) A/C Idle–Up VSV A/C A/C Magnet Clutch A/C Water Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan, 3S–FE) or Sensor (for Condenser Fan, 2VZ–FE) A/C Water Temp. SW (for A/C Cut, 4WD) Air Flow Meter Alternator Alternator A/C Magnet Clutch Relay (for CANADA) A/T Fluid Temp. SW

C C D D D D D D D D D E E E F F F F F F H H H H

4 Cruise Control Vacuum Pump 5 Cruise Control Vacuum SW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Diff. Lock Indicator SW Diff. Lock Solenoid (3S–FE A/T) Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD) Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD) Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Front (A/T) Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Rear (A/T) Distributor (2VZ–FE) Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE) Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE)

1 ECT Solenoid or O/D Solenoid 2 EFI Water Temp. Sensor 3 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (for California) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 Front Clearance and Side Marker Light LH Front Clearance and Side Marker Light RH Front Turn Signal Light LH Front Turn Signal Light RH Front Washer Motor Fusible Link Box Headlight LH Headlight RH Horn Horn

1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T) 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW 1 Check Connector 2 Cold Start Injector 3 Cruise Control Actuator

24

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[3S–FE]

I I I I I I I I I K N N O O O O

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ISC Valve Igniter (3S–FE) Igniter and Ignition Coil (2VS–FE) Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6

R R S S S S T V W W W

1 Radiator Fan Motor 3 Rear Washer Motor 1 2 3 4 Short Pin (for Fan Check) Start Injector Time SW Starter Starter

1 Throttle Position Sensor 3 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) 1 Water Temp. Sender 2 Wiper Motor 3 Water Temp. Sensor (for Radiator Fan, 2VZ–FE)

2 Knock Sensor (2VZ–FE) 1 Neutral Start SW and Back–Up Light SW (A/T) 2 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) 2 3 4 5 O/D Water Temp. SW Oxygen Sensor Main Oxygen Sensor Sub (3S–FE) Oil Pressure SW

25

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body

[SEDAN]

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B B D D D

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

A.B.S. Computer A.B.S. Computer A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear LH A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear RH Auto Antenna Motor and Control Relay Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer (USA) Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW LH Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW RH Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor LH Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor RH Automatic Shoulder Belt Release Lever Warning Light (USA) 40 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW LH 41 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW RH 42 Automatic Shoulder Belt Spool Release SW 8 Back Door Courtesy SW (W/G) 9 Back Door Lock Solenoid (W/G)

D D D D D D D D D D D D D

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Door Courtesy SW Front RH (CANADA) Door Courtesy SW Front RH (USA) Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (CANADA) Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (USA) Door Key Cylinder Light and Outside handle SW Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Key SW LH Door Lock Key SW RH Door Lock Solenoid Front LH Door Lock Solenoid Front RH Door Lock Solenoid Rear LH Door Lock Solenoid Rear RH Fuel Pump Fuel Pump (All–Trac/4WD) Fuel Sender Fuel Sender (All–Trac/4WD)

F 7 F 8 F 9 F 10 H I

17 Door Courtesy Light LH 18 Door Courtesy Light RH 19 Door Courtesy SW Front LH

8 High Mount Stop Light 13 Interior Light

26

Position of Parts in Body

[STATION WAGON]

J L L L L L M M M M M N P P P P P P

1 Junction Connector (W/G) 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Licence Plate Light LH Licence Plate Light RH Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Light (S/D) Luggage Compartment Light SW (S/D) Map Light (w/o Moon Roof) Moon Roof Control Relay Moon Roof Limit SW Moon Roof Motor Moon Roof SW and/or Map Light

P 12 Power Window SW Rear LH P 13 Power Window SW Rear RH R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Interior Light (W/G) Rear Side Marker Light LH Rear Side Marker Light RH Rear Window Defogger (+) Rear Window Defogger (–) Rear Wiper Motor Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH Roof Speaker Rear LH (W/G) Roof Speaker Rear RH (W/G)

3 Noise Filter (Defogger) 6 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH 7 Power Window Motor Front LH 8 Power Window Motor Front RH 9 Power Window Motor Rear LH 10 Power Window Motor Rear RH 11 Power Window SW Front RH

S 10 Speaker Rear LH S 11 Speaker Rear RH V V 1 Vanity Light LH 2 Vanity Light RH

27

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A A A A A A A A A A A B B B B B B C C C C C C C C C C C

18 A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier (SV) or A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier (VSV) 19 A/C Amplifier (FWD) 20 A/C Amplifier (All–Trac/4WD) 21 A/C Cut Relay (All–Trac/4WD) or Compressor Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE) 22 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater) 23 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater) 24 A/C Thermistor (3S–FE) 25 A/C Thermistor and Diode (2VZ–FE) 26 A/T Indicator (Instrument Panel) 27 Air Mix Control Servo Motor 28 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor 3 4 5 6 7 10 Back Door Lock Control SW (W/G) Blower Control Relay Blower Motor Blower Resistor Buckle SW (w/ Power Seat) Buckle SW (w/o Power Seat)

C C D D D D D D D E E E E G G G H H H

17 Cruise Control Computer 18 Cruise Control Main SW 10 Diode (Electrical Idle–Up System) 11 Diode (Over Drive System) 12 Diode (for Interior Light System, w/ Door Lock System) 13 Diode (for Interior Light System, w/o Door Lock System) 14 Diode (for Front Wiper System) 15 Diode (for Rear Wiper System) 16 Door Lock Control Relay 4 5 6 7 ECT ECU (FWD) ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD) ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD) ECT Pattern Select SW

O O P P P P P R R R R R R R R S S S S S T T T U

1 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light 6 OX Sensor Sub (2VZ–FE) 1 2 3 4 5 Parking Brake SW Power Seat Motor (Front Vertical) Power Seat Motor (Rear Vertical) Power Seat Motor (Slide) Power Seat SW

1 Glove Box Light 2 Glove Box Light SW (CANADA) 3 Glove Box Light SW (USA) 5 Hazard SW 6 Heater Control Assembly (Push SW Type) or A/C SW and Blower SW (Lever SW Type) 7 Heater Control Assembly (Push SW Type) or A/C SW and Blower SW (Lever SW Type) 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 11 Ignition SW 12 Integration Relay 1 Key Interlock Solenoid

2 Running Light Control Relay (for CANADA) 4 Radio and Tape Player 5 Radio and Tape Player 6 Rear Window Defogger SW 7 Rear Wiper and Washer SW (W/G) or Diff. Lock Control SW (All–Trac/4WD) 8 Recirc/Fresh Control Servo Motor 9 Remote Control Mirror SW 10 Rheostat 5 6 7 8 9 Seat Belt Warning Relay Shift Lock Control Computer Speaker Front LH Speaker Front RH Stop Light SW and Cruise Control Stop SW

6 Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light (All–Trac/4WD) 7 Cigarette Lighter 8 Circuit Opening Relay 9 Clock 10 Clutch Start SW (M/T) 11 Combination Meter 12 Combination Meter 13 Combination Meter 14 Combination SW 15 Combination SW 16 Cruise Control Clutch SW

I I I K

2 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU) 3 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU) 4 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU) 1 Unlock Warning SW

28

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

[2VZ–FE]

: Location of Ground Points

[2VZ–FE]

30

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

31

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

[3S–FE]

: Location of Ground Points

[3S–FE]

32

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

33

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

34

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

35

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

[SEDAN]

: Location of Ground Points

[SEDAN]

36

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

37

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

[STATION WAGON]

: Location of Ground Points

[STATION WAGON]

38

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

39

POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)
J/B No. 1 (Left Kick Panel)
Power Load Engine Main Relay Charge Warning Light EFI Main Relay (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) Radiator Fan Relay No. 1, A/C Fan Relay No. 2 Washer Motor, Wiper Motor, Wiper Relay Rear Washer Motor, Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor Engine ECU Light Failure Sensor, Stop Lights, Hi Mount Stop Light Cruise Control Computer ECT ECU (3S–FE) Shift Lock Control Computer A.B.S. Computer Turn Signal Flasher Check Engine Warning Light Integration Relay Light Failure Sensor, Rear Lights Warning Light Back–Up Lights Power Main Relay Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt Release Lever Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Relay A/T Indicator, O/D Off Indicator Light, ECT ECU (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) O/D Solenoid, O/D Off Indicator Light Diff. Lock Solenoid, Center Diff. Lock Indicator, ECT ECU (A/T) A.B.S. Warning Light Rear Window Defogger SW, Defogger Relay Antenna Motor and Control Relay Combination Meter Heater Relay, Blower Control Relay, A/C System Amplifier, Recirc/Fresh Control Servo Motor, Heater Control Assembly Engine ECU Glove Box Light, Combination Meter, Rheostat, ECT Pattern Select SW Light, Rear Wiper SW Light, Cruise Control Main SW Light, Hazard SW Light, O/D Main SW Light, Rear Window Defogger SW Light, Cigarette Lighter Light, A/T Indicator Light, Radio Light, Diff. Lock Control SW Light, Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light, A/C SW Light, Heater Control SW Light Front Clearance and Side Marker Lights, Licence Plate Lights, Rear Side Marker Lights, Light Failure Sensor, Taillights Clock Cruise Control Main SW, Cruise Control Computer ECT ECU (3S–FE) Shift Lock Control Computer A.B.S. Computer Mirror Motor Clock Shift Lock Control Computer Antenna Motor and Control Relay Radio and Tape Player Clock, Cigarette Lighter Antenna Motor and Control Relay Rear Window Defogger Engine ECU IC Regulator Page No. 44 50 52, 124 158 98 100 52, 124 94 120 129 140 142 92 52 68 88, 94 96 102, 148 114 118 124 134 136 142 146 150 154 158 67

7 5A 7.5A

IGN

20A

WIPER

20A

STOP

7.5A

TURN

7.5A

GAUGE

84

15A

TAIL

88 139 120 129 140 142 112 139 140 150 152 139 150 146 67 50

15A

ECU–IG

7.5A

RADIO

15A 30A 10A 10A

CIG DEFOG CB MIR–HTR ENGINE

40

J/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)
Power Load Integration Relay Map Light, Door Key Cylinder Light, Door Courtesy Light, Rear Interior Light, Ignition Key Cylinder Light, Interior Light, Vanity Light, Door Warning Light, Luggage Compartment Light ECT ECU (3S–FE) Clock Antenna Motor Radio and Tape Player IC Regulator Headlight LH (USA) Headlight RH (USA) Headlight LH (CANADA) Headlight RH (CANADA) Turn Signal Flasher Horns, Horn Relay Fuel Pump, ISC Valve, Engine ECU, Circuit Opening Relay, Check Connector, OX Sensor (Main) (2VZ–FE) Engine ECU Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) Radiator Fan Motor Page No. 68, 76 76 129 139 150 152 50 70 70 72 72 92 111 52 67 124 158

20A

DOME

7.5A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A

CHARGE HEAD LH HEAD RH HEAD–LO (LH) HEAD–LO (RH) HAZ–HORN

15A

EFI

30A

FL RDI FAN

R/B No. 1 (Near the J/B No. 1)
30A POWER CB Power Window Master SW, Power Window Motor Power Seat Motor Door Lock Control Relay, Door Lock Solenoid Back Door Lock Solenoid Moon Roof Control Relay Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor Seat Belt Warning Relay A.B.S. Computer Noise Filter (for Rear Window Defogger) 102 105 106 110 148 114 118 142 146

30A

AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT CB

10A

ECU–B

R/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)
15A 15A 30A HEAD–HI (RH) HEAD–HI (RH) FL CDS FAN Headlight LH (CANADA) Headlight RH (CANADA) Condenser Fan Motor, A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE) 72 72 158

R/B No. 4 (Right Kick Panel)
10A 40A A/C HEATER CB Heater Control Assembly, A/C SW, A/C Amplifier, Magnet Clutch Relay, A/C Magnet Clutch, A/C Idle–Up VSV (3S–FE), A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier (3S–FE), A/C Fan Relay No. 3 (3S–FE), A/C Cut Relay (ALL–TRAC/4WD), Engine ECU (3S–FE), A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE), Compressor Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE) Blower Motor 158 158

Fusible Link Box (Near the Battery)
30A FL AM2 IGN Fuse Noise Filter (2VZ–FE) Igniter, Ignition Coil and Distributor (3S–FE) Injector Headlight Relay Taillight Relay 80A ALT FL 0.5G Alternator 44 46 46, 59 52 44, 68, 70 44, 68, 72, 84, 88 46 50

40A

FL MAIN

Fusible Links (Near the Battery)
FL 0.5G FL 1.0Y Automatic Shoulder Belt CB, Power CB Starter, Starter Relay, Start Injector Time SW, Cold Start Injector IC Regulator A.B.S. Actuator 44 46 50 142

41

POWER SOURCE

2

A FUSIBLE LINK BOX W 3 2B 1 2F

BATTERY

40A MAIN

30A AM2

80A ALT

3 FL 0. 5G TO A. B. S ACTUATOR W

4 TAILLIGHT RELAY

6 G

5 W

4 FL 1. 0Y W–L

1 1 2D 3 1A

2

15A TAIL 20A STOP 30A DEFOG CB

W W

W W–R

W

2 2B

W W

1 2B 1 C2 W W

4 2B 4 2F W–R 2 1A 2 1K 1 1A 3 1J 30A HEATER CB W 2 1J 4 2 1 4 L 4 1K W W W–R 1 R–B 1 1 10A ECU–B 2 1 R

10 D2

30A AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT CB 1 2 1 L–W

1 2H 5 2 1

3 2G

W

B–O

C1

B

W

4

13 D1

30A POWER CB W 1 2 1 W–L 1

AM1

AM2

ENGINE MAIN RELAY 4 3

8

4

7 2A 30A FL RDI FAN

B W–B ACC IG2 IG1 IGNITION SW

30A FL CDS FAN 8 2E B–O L 2 5 6 2 W

7 B–O

3 P–L 5 1J

2 B–Y 6 1J 15A ECU–IG 7. 5A TURN

15A EFI 20A DOME 15A HAZ–HORN 3 HEADLIGHT RELAY

6 1I

4 1J

4

20A WIPER 7. 5A GAUGE

(CANADA)

5 7 2E W

1 4 2E

15A HEAD–LH W 15A HEAD–RH 7 1K B–Y 8 1K W–B 10A ENGINE

(USA) 2 1

15A HEAD–HI (LH) R–L DIMMER RELAY 2 1 2

7. 5A RADIO 15A CIG 7. 5A IGN

3 2 R–B

2 2 R–B

4

R–L 2 2

1

2

15A HEAD–HI (RH) 15A HEAD–LO (LH) 15A HEAD–LO (RH) C

4 2E

44

SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING

ENGINE MAIN RELAY
CHANGED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

HEADLIGHT RELAY
4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING (B) IGNITION SW 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION 8–7, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION

DIMMER RELAY
CHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON AND DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A F6 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B CODE I11 28 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 2 4 23 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1I 1J 1K 2A 2B 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 20 20 20 20 20 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 C2 D1 D2 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. NO 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR WIPER MOTOR) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE C SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION RADIATOR LEFT

A

BLACK

B

BLACK

2

3 7

4 8

2 4 5 6

45

STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEMS
4 AM1 ACC IG1 ST1 1 B–W

8 AM2

IG2

7

B–O

B–O

4 1J

12 1I

B–O

12 D1

B–O

5 C1

B–O

W–R

A IGNITION SW B–W 3 1J 7 1J 2 1A 1 1K

2 1J

1 1A

W

7 B–W

1I B–W (A/T) (M/T) 12 K1 B–W 2 C D NEUTRAL START SW (A/T) 3 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) B

W–R

W

1 1 2F 4 2F B–W (M/T)

3 2B

4 2B

B–Y

2

1 W–R 2 1

1

W

STARTER RELAY (M/T) FL O. 5G 4 1 B–O 3 1 W–B

14 K1 5 80A ALT 4 B–W (A/T) B–W (M/T) B B–W (A/T) (M/T) 30A AM2 B FUSIBLE LINK BOX B–W (M/T)

B–W(M/T)

2

B (A/T)

B

(W/ ALL–TRAC/ 4WD) B–R (FWD) 1 E 1 F G COLD START INJECTOR M 1 2 H START INJECTOR TIME SW 1 2 STJ STA

BATTERY STARTER W–B

B

G

11 1N

D

46

B–O

B–O

(3S–FE)

B–O

(2VZ–FE)

(2VZ–FE)

(3S–FE)

IGNITION COIL AND DISTRIBUTOR

B–O

B–O

B–O

1 M 1 J I DISTRIBUTOR G2 4 G1 2 G– 3 NE 4 1 3 2 G1 2 N SEALED W–G W–R W–B R B Y B L IGNITER 2 DISTRIBUTOR G– 3 N NE 1 K NOISE FILTER

2 M

W–L

5 O IGNITER 4 1 N 1

SEALED

W–R

W

W

R

B

2 G2

13 G1

14 G– L

1 NE TCCS ECU

3 IGF

20 IGT 3 P G1 4 P G– 1 P NE TCCS ECU 5 P IGF 8 Q IGT

TO A/C AMPLIFIER BR

B B

TO A/C AMPLIFIER TO TACHOMETER B BR

B TO TACHOMETER

W–B

B B

B

B–O 3 6

47

STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEM
SERVICE HINTS
(A) IGNITION SW

4–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 8–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION (C) CLUTCH START SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED STARTER RELAY (1) 2–(1) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
(D) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)

2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
(G) COLD START INJECTOR

2–1 : VOLT WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
(H) START INJECTOR TIME SW

POINTS OPEN ABOVE 35°C (95°F) 2–1 : APPROX. 20–40 Ω BELOW 30°C (86°F) 2–1 : APPROX. 40–60 Ω ABOVE 40°C (104°F) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 20–80 Ω

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F I11 F6 C10 N1 S4 S3 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE G H I J K L CODE C2 S2 D7 I3 N2 T4 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 24 24 28 M N O P Q CODE D8 D9 I2 T3 T4 25 25 25 28 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1I 1J 1K 2B 2F 18 18 18 18 20 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 K1 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. NO 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B D SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

48

49

CHARGING SYSTEM

W W 6 2B

7. 5A IGN

7. 5A CHARGE

10A ENGINE

9 1G B–O

4 2G

15 1L B–Y 10 D1

6 F2 B–O Y

B–Y

W

W

W

1 C1 3 B CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

8

FL 0. 5G

Y

B–Y

W

A FUSIBLE LINK BOX 5

15 L1 (EX. 3S–FE FWD) 15 L4 (3S–FE FWD)

W

Y

W

Y

3 C 2 C 1 C IG L S

1 D B

ALTERNATOR

80A ALT

Y

2

IC REGULATOR

BATTERY

50

SERVICE HINTS
ALTERNATOR (C) 1–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F) 13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F) (C) 2–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B F6 C11 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C D CODE A17 A16 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1G 1L 2B 2G 18 18 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F2 L1 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. NO 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

A

BLACK

B

C

BLACK

D

1 3 2 5 8 2 1 3

51

ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS ECU. INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU. OX SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU. RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE FROM THE IGNITER. THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA (W/ECT), PSW (W/O ECT) OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL. VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU. A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ECU. BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU. INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THE MEASURING PLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT. STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ECU. STA SIGNAL SYSTEM TO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU. NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ECU. ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2)

(3) (4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [12]) INPUTS TO THE ECU. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ECU, CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 4, TO 8, 11, 12, 13,]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 AND ISC2, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

52

SERVICE HINTS
(B) (C) (D) (E) INJECTOR 1–2 : APPROX 13.8 Ω

EFI MAIN RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION (H) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN (Q) AIR FLOW METER 1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING MEASURING PLATE OPEN 5–6 : 200–600 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–1200 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) 5–4 : 200–400 Ω 5–7 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F) 4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F) 2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
(T) 2–4, : 0.2–0.8 KΩ WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND (S) 3–2 STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN) (T) 3–4, : 2.3 KΩ OR LESS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND (S) 1–2 STOP SCREW 0.5 MM (0.020 IN) 1 Ω WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN) (T) 2–4, (S) 3–2 : 3.3–10 KΩ WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN (T) 1–(T) 4 : 3–7 KΩ (R) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR 1–2 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F) 4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F) 2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 KΩ (80°C, 176°F)

TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)
VOLTAGES AT ECU CONNECTORS (M) 2–(O) 7 : 10–14 VOLTS (ALWAYS) (M) 1,8–(O) 7 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (N) 6–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) (M) 5–(N) 14 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (M) 4–(N) 14 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 0.02–0.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) 2–4 VOLTS (IDLING) (M) 3–(N) 14 : 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) (N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) (O) 3–(O) 7 : 6–14 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING) (N)9, 18–(O) 7 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (O) 8–(O) 7 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IDLING) (N) 7–(O) 7 : 0.5 OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT) : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT) (N) 15–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SW ON) (N) 8–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (”CHECK” ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING) (N)11–(N)14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) (N) 11–(O) 7 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (N) 6–(N) 14 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) (O) 4–(O) 5 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (O) 9–(O) 10 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE (N) 16–(O) 7 : VALVE FULLY CLOSED)

RESISTANCE AT COMPUTER
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR) (N) 6–(N) 14 : 1 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) LESS THAN 2.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (N) 11–(N) 14 : 3.3–10 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0.2–0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (N) 6–(O) 7 : 1 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (N) 11–(O) 7 : 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 1 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (M) 4–(N) 14 : 20–400 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–3000 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) (M) 3–(N) 14 : 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) (N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) (N) 3–(N) 4 : 140–180 Ω

53

ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
B–O B–O

A IGNITION SW ST1 IG2 7. 5A IGN 15A EFI 2 B–O 6 1I B–O 6 2G 1 B–W (M/T) 13 D1 B 12 1I B–O 7 B–W 1I B–W (A/T) 3 2 4 C1 EFI MAIN RELAY 4 TO COLD START INJECTOR START INJECTOR TIME SW 2G W–L

7 B–O

1 B–W 7 1J 1 1K

4 1J

B–W (M/T)

(M/T)

B (A/T)

12 D1 1 B–O

7 2A B–W (M/T) F CLUTCH START SW (M/T) B–W (A/T)

3 2C

5 2G

5 C1 2 B–Y (M/T) 1 B–O B–O 1 STARTER RELAY B (A/T) 3 1 W–B B–O 4 1 7 K1 1 4 6 W–R G W–B L–B 2 W–B W Y B (A/T) B–W (M/T) B–W (ALL–TRAC/4WD) W–B (FWD) I W–B W–B B–W (M/T) B–W G W–B L–B L–B 2 2 B–W (M/T) B 3 H CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY W–B W–B 1 W–R W–R (M/T) B–W (A/T)

B–W

B–O

B–O B–W B–W B–O B–O B–O B–O 14 K1

4 L4 4 L1 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) L–B

NEUTRAL START SW(A/T)

B NO. 2

2

C NO. 4

2

D NO. 1

2

E NO. 3

2

2 7 H1 L–B

INJECTOR

1 Y

1 Y

1 W

1 W

3 B–W (M/T) B (A/T)

10 V3 L–B

I FUEL PUMP 1 M

G

W Y

W

W Y

C

K

54

W–R

B–O

B–O

FROM ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP DIODE

20A STOP

7. 5A GAUGE

W–L

11 1L G–R

2 1F TO A/C AMPLIFIER Y J STOP LIGHT SW 3 F1 CHECK ENGINE [COMB. METER] 6 9 R–L G–R K L Y

TO CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER

1 G–B FROM ECT ECU

W–R W–R

Y–B

3 G–W J/B NO. 3 14 L4 14 L1 G–R Y–B 4 K1 Y–G Y–R L–B

1 K1 Y–B W–R W–R W–L

Y–B

G

10 K1 G–W

5 J1 11 J3 L–B

8 +B

1

2

14 ECT M

6 L1

13 L2

7 L3

9 ELS

11 STP N TCCS ECU THG 12 L–B TO ECT ECU BR L L (W/ ECT) BR BR 1 7 Y–G T

8 W

16 ACT

+B1 BATT

SPD 10 V–Y

VC 5

VS 4

E21 THA 12 3 R EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR

THW 10 G

PSW VTA 11 11

IDL 6

E2 14

G–W

9 3B

2 B–R (W/O ECT) (W/ ECT)

6 L4 (FWD) 6 L1 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

W–B

Y–R

L–R

Y–L

EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 2

U

1 BR

B–R

BR V–Y L–R L–R BR

BR BR L

BR

(W/O ECT) BR

Y–G

R–L

P SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER] 2 4 VC 6 VS

5 E2

7 THA

3 S 1 S 2 S (W/ ECT) 2 T 3 T 4 T (W/O ECT) 3 E1

CHECK CONNECTOR

6 T

11 OX2

W

4 OX1 (SEALED) R–W W–R W Y B–W

1 T G Q W–B L–B W–R W Y B (A/T) B–W (M/T) B–W 1 FC E 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

3

FP 1

+B 8

VF 9

W–B

V

AIR FLOW METER

W–R

R–W

L–B

B (A/T) B–W (M/T)

W–B

E

(FWD) (ALL–TRAC/4WD) R–L W BR

55

ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)

56

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H I I J I11 I5 I7 I4 I6 C10 N1 C8 F7 F8 S9 28 25 25 25 25 28 25 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) 28 SEE PAGE K L M N O P Q R S T U CODE C13 C11 T2 T3 T4 C13 A15 E2 T1 T1 E3 28 28 28 28 28 28 25 25 25 (W/ECT) 25 (W/O ECT) 25 SEE PAGE V W X Y Z a b CODE C1 D8 D9 I2 O3 I1 O4 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1I 1J 1K 1L 2A 2C 2E 2G 3B 20 20 20 20 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 H1 J1 J3 K1 L1 L4 V3 32 32 34 34 34 34 34 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (ALL–TRAC/4WD, BACK PANEL LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B C E I K 32 32 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD RADIATOR LEFT LEFT KICK PANEL LEFT REAR FENDER BACK PANEL CENTER (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

57

ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)

58

ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS ECU. INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU. OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST. EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU. TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU (HT). RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND E/G RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2, OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE. THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL. VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ECU. NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
NSW OF THE ECU. (8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ECU. BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU. ALSO, CURRENT FLOWS VIA THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ECU.

(9)

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THE MEASURING PLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT. (11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM TO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU. (12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL SYSTEM ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THE ECU.

2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [11]) INPUTS TO THE ECU. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20 AND #30 OF THE ECU. CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 4, 9, 10, 11]), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.

* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 4 TO 8, 11]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.

* FUEL PRESSURE–UP SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE ECU EVALUATES THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (1, 2, 4 AND 12), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.

59

ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

SERVICE HINTS
(C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) INJECTOR 1–2 : APPROX. 13.8 W (I) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T) 2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

EFI MAIN RELAY
4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION (J) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN (T) AIR FLOW METER

2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN 5–6 : 200–600 W (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–1200 W (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) 5–4 : 200–400 W 5–7 : 10–20 KW (–20°C, –4°F) 4–7 KW (0°C, 32°F) 2–3 KW (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 KW (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 KW (60°C, 140°F)
(U) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR 2–1 : 10–20 KW (–20°C, –4°F) 4–7 KW (0°C, 32°F) 2–3 KW (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 KW (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 KW (60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 KW (80°C, 176°F)

(Y) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
2–4 : 0.3–6.3 KW WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.) 3–4 : LESS THAN 2.3 KW WITH CLERANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.30 MM (0.0118 IN.) Ω WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.70 MM (0.0276 IN.) 2–4 : 3.5–10.3 KW WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULYY OPEN 1–4 : 4.25–8.25 KW (Z) EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 1–2 : 69.40–88.50 KW (50°C, 122°F) 11.89–14.37 KW (100°C, 212°F) 2.79–3.59 KW (150°C, 302°F) (c) OXYGEN SENSOR 1–2 : APPROX. 5.1–6.3 W

60

TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)
VOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS (P) 2, 4, 12, 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (P) 1–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (Q) 1–(Q) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (Q) 12–(Q) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) (Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THRTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) (P) 11–(R) 24 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING) (R) 11, 12, 25–(R) 13, 26 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (P) 5–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING) (R) 20–(R) 24 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(R) 24 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) (Q) 2–(Q) 9 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 0.02–0.08 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) 2–4 VOLTS (IDLING) : 0.3–1.0 VOLTS (3000 RPM) (Q) 3–(Q) 9 : 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) (Q) 4–(Q) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) (P) 10–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SWITCH ON) (R) 22–(R) 24 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND HEATER BLOWER SW ON) (Q) 15–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT) 0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT) (Q) 22–(R) 24 : 0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION P OR N RANGE) 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION EX. P OR N RANGE) (Q) 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (STOP LIGHT SW ON)

RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING COECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR) Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) (Q) 12–(Q) 9 : 0 OR 2300 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 3.5–10.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0.3–6.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) (Q) 1–(Q) 9 : 200–400 Ω (Q) 3–(Q) 9 : 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) (Q) 4–(Q) 9 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) (R) 2, 15–(R)14 : 140–180 KΩ (R) 1–(R) 14 : 140–180 KΩ (Q) 2–(Q) 9 : 200–600 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–1200 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) (R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(P) 12 : 10–30 Ω

61

ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
A IGNITION SW B–O

7. 5A IGN ST1 IG2

15A EFI 2 2G B–O B–Y

7 B–O

1 B–W 6 1I B–O

W–L B–O B–Y

4 1J

7 1J 1 1K B–W(M/T)

13 D1 B

4 C1 TO COLD START INJECTOR START INJECTOR TIME SW B–W(M/T) B(A/T) 6 2G 1 4 EFI MAIN RELAY 3 2

12

1I B–O

7 B–W

1I B–W(A/T)

12 D1 1 B–O

(M/T)

B CLUTCH START SW (M/T)

B–W (M/T)

7 2A B–W

3 2C

5 2G

5 C1 2 B–O B–Y 1 B–O 1 STARTER RELAY 3 1 W–B B–O B–O 4 B–W(M/T) 1 12 K1 B(A/T) 2 2 1 W–R

W–R B–W(M/T) B(A/T)

3 J CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY W–R G–R W–B K FUEL PUMP 1 M 2 W Y GR L–B B–W W–B I

W–B

W–B

1 B–W L–B

4

6 W–B

W–B B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–W B–O 14 K1 L–B

L–B

NEUTRAL START SW(A/T)

C 1 NO. 5

D 1 NO. 4

E 1 INJECTION NO. 2

1

F NO. 3

1

G NO. 1

1

H B–W(A/T) NO. 6

I

4 L1 B–W(M/T) L–B

2

7 H1 L–B

2

2 GR

2 Y

2 Y

2 W

2 W

3 B(A/T)

GR W Y GR

B(A/T) B–W(M/T) B–W W–B B–W(M/T)

C

62

W–R

B–O

B–O

W–L B–O B–Y W–R W–R 2 1F Y 11 1L G–R

3 F1 Y

1 N (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 1 O (W/O CRUISE CONTROL) STOP LIGHT SW 3 N (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 2 O (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)

W–L

B–O

B–Y

9 3B R–L 6 L 9 M G–R 14 L1 GR

10 K1 G–W

G–W

W–R

W–R

3 L1 L–R 7 P Q VC 1 L–R VS 2 THA 3 U EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR

TCCS ECU

CHECK ENGINE [COMB. METER] 12 13 4 2 1 +B +B1 M–REL IGSW BATT P

5 W

13 BK

STA 11

NSW 22

A/C 10 B–G

OD1 21 Y–B

OD2 20 G–O 3 R–B

R

CHK 6 L–W 16

N 14 Y–L

L 15 O

2

SP1 9 V–Y

L–R

J/B NO. 3

TO PATTERN SELECT SW

7. 5A GAUGE

20A STOP

THW 4 G 2 1 BR L–R L–B W–R W Y GR L–W

3 J3

1 K1

7 L1

5 L1

17 L1

R

18 L1

20 L1

6 L1 Y–R

G–O

L–W

R–B

Y–B

Y–L

O

R

B–W(M/T)

TO A/C AMPLIFIER

TO CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER

TO BACK UP LIGHT

TO O/D MAIN SW

B(A/T)

B–W

S SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER] 2 4 VC 6 VS 5 E2 THA E 2 7

G–R

3

1 FC

W–B

T AIR FLOW METER

W–B L–B W–R W Y GR L–W B–W B–W W–B

E

L–R

TO A/T INDICATOR

V–Y

BR

Y

63

ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
B–O FROM ECT SOLENOID TO STARTER INJECTOR

TO A/C AMPLIFIER

TO TACHO METER

W DISTRIBUTOR

(SEALED)

B

B–O

G2 4 1

NE 2

G1 3

G–

1 V

B 2 W–R G–B V–R L–Y VSV (FUEL PRESSURE UP) X G V IGNITER 2 3 R Y B L

4

1 W–B 13 E01 W–B 26 E02 E1 24 BR BR B–R

10 J3 W–G W–R L–B 22 ACT

TCCS ECU

3 IGF

20 IGT

19 S1

18 S2

17 SL

10 STJ

2 G2

1 NE

15 G1

14 G–

9 FPU

Q E2 9 IDL 12 VTA 11 THG EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR (CALIFORNIA) BR GR 10 OX2 5 R–L 15 T VF 8 KNK 14 OX1 6 HT 8 ISC2 6 G–Y ISC3 5 L–G

R ISC1 7 W–L ISC4 4 R–Y # 10 # 20 # 30 12 W 11 Y 25 GR

1

BR

Z

B

L

2 L2

4 L2 (SEALED) (SEALED) (SEALED)

LG–R

W

W

BR L–R 1 2 3

a

3

4

OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) 1 4 W–B

2 15 8 13 4 (SEALED) 3 1 c OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) 4 BR 2 1 6 4 3

OX2 TE1 VF OX b CHECK CONNECTOR FP +B E1 1 8 3 BR

W

2

R–G

Y–G

R–L

d ISC VALVE 2 5

Y THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

12 L1

BR

BR

BR

W–R

W

W–R

W–R

L–B W–R W Y GR L–W 1 L2

2 d1 W–R

1 d1 W–R W–R W Y GR (SEALED) BR W–R

B

W–R

W–B

L–Y

L–B

W–B 1 BR e KNOCK SENSOR E B W–B

64

A

BLACK

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

GRAY

I

GRAY

J

DARK GRAY

1 (SEALED) 7 1 2

1 2

2

3

1 4

2

3 6

K

DARK GRAY

L

S

BROWN

M

1 W–R

2 2 3 6 9

W–B W–B N O P DARK GRAY Q DARK GRAY

1 3

1 2

1

2 3

4

5

6

9 10 11 20 21 22

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12 13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

R

DARK GRAY

T

BLACK

U

DARK GREEN

1

2 3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 22 24 25 26

1

2

4

5

6 7

1

2

14 15

17 18 19 20

V

DARK GRAY

W

c

DARK GRAY

X

BLUE

Y

BLACK

Z

DARK GRAY

1 3

2 4

1 3

2 4

1 2

1 2 3 4

1

2

a

DARK GRAY

b

DARK GRAY

d

GRAY

e

GREEN

1 3

2 4

1 6 8 9

3

4

1 4

2 5

3 6

1

11

W–R

W–B W–B

65

ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H I J K I11 C10 I8 I7 I5 I6 I4 I9 N1 C8 F7 28 28 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE L M N O P Q R S T U V CODE C13 C11 S9 S9 T2 T3 T4 C13 A15 E2 I3 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 24 24 24 SEE PAGE W X Y Z a b c d e CODE D7 V3 T1 E3 O6 C1 O3 I1 K2 24 24 24 24 28 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1I 1J 1K 1L 2A 2C 2G 3B 20 20 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 H1 J3 K1 L1 L2 d1 30 30 34 34 34 34 34 30 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) SENSOR WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (ABOVE THE ENGINE HEAD COVER)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B C E I 30 30 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD RADIATOR LEFT LEFT KICK PANEL LEFT REAR FENDER

66

ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
A 15A TAIL 10A MIR– HTR 15A EFI ORANGE (ALL–TRAC/4WD) B DARK GRAY

1 2 3

1 6 1N G 3 1L B 2 2G 8

2 9

1

3

(FWD) B 2 G–B A DIODE W–L

DARK GRAY

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) C

DARK GRAY

1 4 K1 G 8

2 9

9 18

9 B ELS

2 B BATT TCCS ECU (FWD) C E1 7 D DARK GRAY (ALL–TRAC/4WD) D DARK GRAY

+B 8 B W–R

+B1 1 B W–R

ISC2 18 C

ISC1 9 C

G–B

BR

W–R

Y

9 18 7

2 +B

1 ISC2

3 ISC1 B (FWD) D DARK GRAY E YELLOW

E

ISC VALVE

1 2 3 7

SERVICE HINTS
(A) DIODE (ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP)

1–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B D10 T2 28 28 SEE PAGE C D CODE T3 T4 28 28 SEE PAGE E CODE I1 25 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1L 1N 2G 18 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE K1 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B 32 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD

67

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

3 20A DOME 7. 5A GAUGE

4 TAILLIGHT RELAY

3

4 HEADLIGHT RELAY

1 2 2F L–Y 2 1M

2

1

5

5 2F G–R (CANADA) R–Y 7 1B 5 1M R–G E RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (CANADA) 3 TAIL 5 (USA) H–LP R–W T 2 4 H R–W (CANADA) 3 A 4 A

1 2B G

3 1A W

14 1B

1 2D

4 1D (USA) L–Y LG

2 2B

2 1D

W

G

LG (CANADA) 1 7 2 A

INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO. 1)

S R R S

Q

Q

6

10

1 A

W

G

6 40A MAIN

5 R

80A ALT

1 C DOOR COURTESY SW (FRONT LH)

D [COMB. SW] OFF LIGHT CONTROL SW TAIL HEAD 11

G 2 3 1M D BR

5 1D

13

2

B FUSIBLE LINK BOX

68

BATTERY

R–G

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TO TERMINAL A 3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON> WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON. <TURN HEADLIGHT ON> WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS A 1 AND A 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL A 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL A 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL A 3 TO TERMINAL A 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION (A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION (A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION (A) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B I12 F6 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE C D CODE D19 C14 28 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E CODE R2 SEE PAGE 28 (CANADA)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1B 1D 1M 2B 2D 2F 18 18 18 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

A

B BLACK

C BLUE

D BLACK

E

1 1 2 3 4 2 5 6 2 11 13

2 3

4 5

69

HEADLIGHTS (USA)
1 2B

3

4 HEADLIGHT RELAY 4 2E 1 2A

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

1 G 5 2F R–Y

5 7 2E W

3 2A R–Y C HEADLIGHTS D 3 RH 1 2

6 A 40A MAIN FUSIBLE LINK BOX 5 1M 6 1M 7 1B 3 LH 1 2

2

R–W

R–Y

R–W

R

(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)

R–W

R–L

INTEGRATION RELAY(J/B NO. 1)

3

BATTERY

4

B R–G R–G R–W R–L 8 1M 5 1B R–W R–L

1 D1

18 1G

R–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

10 F2 E [COMB. SW] OFF LIGHT CONTROL SW TAIL 4 HEAD LOW DIMMER SW 2 W–B HIGH FLASH 11 9 3 3B F HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] 13 14 12 3 R–L

W–B

BR

R–L

J/B NO. 3 W–B 8 F1 W–B

3 1M

7 1M

3 1F

D

70

R–L

SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY 4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B F6 I12 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C D CODE H1 H2 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) E F CODE C14 C12 28 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1G 1M 2A 2B 2E 2F 3B 18 18 20 20 20 20 22 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE CMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE D1 F1 F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

A BLACK

B

C

D

E BLACK

F

3 4 2 6

1 2 3

3 9 11 12 13 14

2

4

71

HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
G W

R–B 1 W G 1

1 2D 4

B INTEGRATION RELAY 3 R–W

7. 5A GAUGE

10A ECU–B

2 9 1N 1

2 2B

1 W

2

LG

G

6

5

R–G

R–G (W/O INTEGRATION RELAY) G (W/O INTEGRATION RELAY) R–W R–B R–L R 12 W–B 4 H

40A FL MAIN

FUSIBLE LINK BOX

A

2 C [COMB. SW] OFF LIGHT CONTROL SW TAIL HEAD LOW DIMMER SW HIGH FLASH 11 9 13 2 14 12 13 6 2 4 1

BATTERY

80A FL ALT

D

RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL RELAY

10

W–B

3 1M

7 1M

3 1F 5

D

72

W–B

BR

G W 3 1A R–B 2 1K 1 3 TAILLIGHT RELAY 4 HEADLIGHT RELAY 3 4 1 2B W

R–L R–L

2 2 DIMMER RELAY 2 1 1

2

15A HEAD–HI (LH)

15A HEAD–HI (RH)

2 1 2 1M TO TAILLIGHT 2 1 5 2F R–Y 5 7 2E W 2 R–B R–B 7 1B 3 2 2 4 2

2 2

4 2E

5 1M 1 2A R–W 3 2A

G–R

5 1B

R–G

18 1G R–G R–L 2 10 F2 LH R–L 3 E HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] HEADLIGHT 3 W–B RH 1 F F 2 1 4 W–B 7 8 2 W–B 3 3B G Y W–B W–B 8 F1 W–B NO. 3 J/B TO CLOCK FROM TERMINAL” L” OF ALTERNATOR C W–B

R–W

3

R–G

5

14 R

R–G

R–B

1 D1

15A HEAD–LO (RH)

15A HEAD–LO (LH)

73

HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM FL ALT → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, AND FL ALT → ECU–B FUSE → TERMINAL 12 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY.

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS PRODUCED AT TERMINAL L OF THE ALTERNATOR AND WHEN VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS → GROUND, AND FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 HEAD FUSES (LOW SIDE) → HEADLIGHTS → GROUND. ACCORDINGLY, EVEN IF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS IN OFF POSITION, EACH LIGHT MENTIONED HERE LIGHTS UP. THIS SYSTEM OPERATES UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.

2. TAILLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE TAILLIGHT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, TURNING THE TAILLIGHT RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS → GROUND, CAUSING THE TAILLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP. AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE ECU–B FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 7, PROVIDING POWER FOR ILLUMINATION OF THE CLOCK.

3. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW TO LOW SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY TERMINAL 4 → HEAD LH (LO), RH (LO) FUSE → HEADLIGHTS (LOW) → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LOW) LIGHT UP. WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SWITCHED TO THE HIGH SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 14 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 12 OF DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, TURNING THE DIMMER RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIMMER RELAY TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 2 OF DIMMER RELAY → HEAD LH (HI), RH (HI) HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) TO LIGHT UP. WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS TURNED TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 AND 14 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, SO THAT THE HEADLIGHT RELAY AND DIMMER RELAY ARE ACTIVATED IN THAT ORDER AND THE HEADLIGHTS CHANGE TO FLASHING MODE. WHEN THE HEADLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF FLASHING MODE), THE TAILLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP AS DESCRIBED IN PART 2 EARLIER.

SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY 2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING HEADLIGHT RELAY 4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING DIMMER RELAY CHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON AND DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION

74

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C F6 I12 C14 28 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) D E F CODE R23 C12 H1 28 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE F CODE H2 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 2 4 23 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1B 1F 1G 1K 1M 1N 2A 2B 2D 2E 2F 3B 20 20 20 20 20 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE D1 F1 F2 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE C D H SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RADIATOR LEFT J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

75

76
4 1 W–B R 1 P1 3 P1 A MAP LIGHT (W/ MOON ROOF) R–G 2 1 6 M1 3 M1 W–B R–G R–G B MAP LIGHT (W/O MOON ROOF) R–G LH 1 R–G L–Y C 1 10 VANITY LIGHT 1 R–G D INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO. 1) RH L–Y E 3 1 R–W 2 3 1I 2 b1 13 E2 5 1C 2 M1 (LE) R–W B–W B–W INTERIOR LIGHT (W/ MOON ROOF) DOOR 2 B OFF ON (DELUX) 1 b1 2 1C 1 M1 B L–Y L–Y F (LE) 1 R–W 7 1G INTERIOR LIGHT (W/O MOON ROOF) DOOR 2 R OFF ON 6 4 5 1D R R G 5 1L DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. MERER] 8 7 11 F2 5 F2 4 1F R L–Y L–Y (USA) (LE) (DELUX) R–B (CANADA) 6 1L R–W

W–B(W/ MOON ROOF)

INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)

G

W–B(W/O MOON ROOF)

1

1C

D

5

1K

W–B

H

2

OUT SIDE HANDLE SW

E2

W–B

2

1

R–B

I

DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

G–Y(CANADA)

R–G(USA)

1

2

1

J

DIODE

1

2

7 1L G–R

FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY K IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)

Q 4 N1 R–Y R–Y 2 1 4 E2 8 1L R–B R–G R L–Y 2 L DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT(LE) J DIODE R–W (DELUX) M LH 1 R–W (LE) 2 1 9 E2 1 E2 6 1L 12 1N 7 1N R–W R–W R–W R R L–Y L–Y L–Y 11 1D DOOR COURTESY LIGHT (LE) 2 1 7 N1 5 O1 2 O1 R–W R–W R–W R–W R RH N R R–W R–W O R–W (W/G) REAR INTERIOR LIGHT (STATION W/G) R–W L–Y 2 1 L–Y R–W R–W R–W R–W 6 Y1 4 X1 5 X1 2 1D 6 W1 (STATION W/G) L–Y 4 1D R–W R–W L–Y 2 1 (S/D) L–Y P LAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT(S/D) 14 1B 2 V3 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) 2 V2 (S/D FWD) L–Y 2 2F

DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

1

R–Y

(W/O A. B. S)

R–W

(W/ A. B. S)

R

REAR RH

1

(USA W/O A. B. S. )

(EX. USA W/O A. B. S. )

1

DOOR COURTESY SW

R–W

S

REAR LH

1

2

W–B

L

T

BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (STATION W/G)

1

U

LAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW(S/D)

20A D0ME

77

INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1) (1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN 20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP (1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN 0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSED OR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP (H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR) 1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP (I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN (T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G) 2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN (U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H M5 M1 V1 V2 I13 I13 C11 D23 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I J K L M N O P CODE D17 D12 I10 D23 D15 D16 R15 L4 28 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 27 26 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) Q Q R R S T U CODE D18 D19 D21 D22 D20 B8 L5 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 27 26

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1F 1G 1I 1K 1L 1N 2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E2 F2 M1 N1 O1 P1 V2 V3 W1 X1 Y1 b1 34 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 36 38 38 38 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ROOF NO NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF RIGHT) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)

78

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D G L 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38 ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM) BACK DOOR RIGHT SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

79

80
4 1 W–B R 1 P1 3 P1 A MAP LIGHT (W/ MOON ROOF) R–G 2 1 6 M1 3 M1 W–B R–G B MAP LIGHT (W/O MOON ROOF) R–G LH 1 R–G L–Y C VANITY LIGHT 1 R–G D RH 1 10 L–Y E 1 2 b1 2 M1 5 1C R–W B–W B–W INTERIOR LIGHT (W/ MOON ROOF) DOOR 2 B OFF ON 1 b1 2 1C 1 M1 INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO. 1) B L–Y L–Y F 3 1 R–W 2 3 1I 13 E2 R–W INTERIOR LIGHT (W/O MOON ROOF) DOOR 2 R OFF ON (DELUX) (LE) G DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 8 7 11 F2 7 1G R 4 R L–Y 5 F2 4 1F 5 1D R 6 L–Y (U. S. A. ) R–B (LE) (CANADA)

W–B(W/ MOON ROOF)

INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)

G

W–B(W/O MOON ROOF)

1

1C

D

5

1K

W–B

H

2

OUT SIDE HANDLE SW

E2

W–B

1

2

R–B

1

I

DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

20A D0ME

12 1N L–Y

2 1D

4 1D L–Y

14 1B

2 2F

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y (S/D)

L–Y

9 E2 R

2 O1

5 X1

L–Y

(STATION W/G)

R

R

IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)

DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)

REAR INTERIOR LIGHT (STATION W/G)

1 1 LAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT(S/D) O R–W 2 V3 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) 2 V2 (S/D FWD) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW(STATION W/G) R–W T LAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW(S/D) U 1 L

2

1

L LH

1 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT 2

1

M RH

1

2

2

2 R–W R–W J K R–W R–G N

4 E2

1 E2

5 O1

4 X1

R–W

G–R

R–B

7 1L

8 1L R–W

6 1L

11 1D R–W P DIODE R–W 2 R–W 1 7 1N

R–W

R–W (W/G) R–W

6 W1 (USA) R–W R–W (W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)

5 1L

R–G (USA) G–Y (CANADA)

6 Y1 7 N1 R–W (USA)

R–W

(CANADA) R–W

1 Q DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R REAR RH

1

1 S REAR LH

DOOR COURTESY SW

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

2

1

L–Y 2

R

81

INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1) (1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN 20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP (1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN 0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSED OR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP (H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR) 1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP (I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN (T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G) 2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN (U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H M5 M1 V1 V2 I13 I13 C11 D25 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I J K L M N O P CODE D19 I10 D25 D17 D18 R15 L4 D13 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 27 26 28 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) Q Q R R S T U CODE D20 D21 D23 D24 D22 B8 L5 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 27 26

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1F 1G 1I 1K 1L 1N 2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E2 F2 M1 N1 O1 P1 V2 V3 W1 X1 Y1 b1 34 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 36 38 38 38 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ROOF NO NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF RIGHT) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF LIGHT)

82

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D G L 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38 ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM) BACK DOOR RIGHT SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

83

ILLUMINATION
3 TAILLIGHT RELAY 4 15A TAIL 1 2

6 1N

G

G

3 1A W

2 1M 6 1F LG G G 1 F1 G

1 2D

J/B NO. 3 2 2B (W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)

14 3A

6 3B G

13 3A

8 3D

W

G

G

G

D GLOVE BOX LIGHT 2

G COMB. METER (ANALOG) 2

H ECT PATTERN SELECT SW 3

A FUSIBLE LINK BOX 5 2 B INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO. 1) 1

1

1

80A FL ALT

G–W

2 G

G

E GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

1

C [COMB. SW] LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF 2

2

1

BATTERY

F TAIL HEAD 11 2 3

RHEOSTAT

4 3B

B

11 3D

12 3A B W–B W–B BR

1 3A

2 3A

J/B NO. 3 3 1M 3 1F D W–B 8 F1 W–B

84

B

G 1

G

I (W/G) G

REAR WIPER SW 4 1 9 3C B–W

11 3C J CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW 6 2 2 3C B G 3 3C HAZARD SW K 1 2 7 3B B G 5 3B L O/D MAIN SW 4 2 2 3D B G 4 3D M REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 4 1 B 11 3A 5 3A G

J/B NO. 3 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1 3 B A/T INDICATOR (INSTRUMENT PANEL) 9 6 B–R 10 3C 4 3C 4 3A 12 3D B B W–G RADIO 5 Q 3 2 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW 2 CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT 1 10 P

J/B NO. 3

N G O 8 3C G 1 3D G R 6 3A G S 9 3D G G

85

ILLUMINATION

A

BLACK

B

C

BLACK

1 2 G 2 5

2 11

(USA) (LEVER SW TYPE A/C)

D

GRAY

(CANADA)

D

E

F

1 2 1 2

1

2

1 2 3

(LEVER SW TYPE A/C)

(PUSH SW TYPE A/C)

G

H

I

1 1 2

3

G

G

1 4

HEATER CONTROL SW

A/C SW

16 T 4 U

V 1 J M BLUE K L BLUE N

5 T 3 U

4 1 4 2 6 1 2 2 4 1 3

B–W

B–W

O

P

BLUE

Q

BLUE

5

I1 9

6 10 5

10 3D R (W/ ECT) R (W/O ECT) S 1 2

B–R

J/B NO. 3 3

2

2 3

T

U

V

3 4 5 16

1 4

2 6

86

SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY 2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM OFF) CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(B) INTEGRATION RELAY

PLEASE REFFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69) RHEOSTAT (F) 1–2, : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED CLOCK WISE

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E E F G F6 I12 C14 G1 G2 G3 R10 C11 28 28 28 28 (CANADA) 28 (USA) 28 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H I J K L M N O CODE E5 R7 C18 H5 O1 R6 C7 A26 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 SEE PAGE P Q R S T U V CODE R5 R4 R7 C6 H6 H7 H6 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1F 1M 1N 2B 2D 3A 3B 3C 3D 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 18 18 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 I1 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

87

TAILLIGHTS
3 TAILLIGHT RELAY 1 2 4

(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR) (W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)

7. 5A GAUGE 2 1F Y 3 F1 Y

15 TAIL 13 1B G

J/B NO. 3 14 1D 9 3B R–L

3 1A W

2 1M 6 1D

G–R 1 2D (CANADA) (USA) (USA) REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] LG G

G

G 6

G

3 TAIL 2 2B T (W/ INTEGRATION RELAY) 2 RUNNING LIGHTS RELAY (W/O INTEGRATION RELAY) B

10 Y–G G G (STATION W/G) 1 V1 1 J 5 K 1 L LG–R (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) (S/D FWD) LG (ALL–TRAC/4WD) LG–R(FW–D) G TAILLIGHTS [REAR COMB. LIGHTS]

F 16 H1 E LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR Y–G 3 Y 2

W

LG

10

A 5 FUSIBLE LINK BOX 80A FL ALT G

(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)

C INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO. 1)

2

9 1 G G

4 LG G

2 G G G

G

W–B

LG LG (S/D) (S/D)

LG

D [COMB. SW] LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD 11 2

G

G

LG

BATTERY

6 V3 1 V2 4 U1 LG

G

G

5 G 1 H

1 I

LH

LG

(STATION W/G)

(S/D) (STATION W/G)

RH

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

4 G 4 H

4 I

(S/D) (STATION W/G)

4 J

4 K 4 L W–B W–B

W–B W–B

3 U1

(S/D) W–B

D

W–B I

3 1M

88

G

G

G G

G

G

G

G

G

6 U1 5 Y1

(S/D) (STATION W/G)

1 V1

5 V3 5 V2

(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) (S/D FWD)

G

G

G

G

5 W1

(STATION W/G)

G

G

G

G

G

G

M LH

2 LICENCE PLATE LIGHTS 1

2

N RH

O LH

2

1

1

REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHTS

2

P RH

Q LH

1

1

2

FRONT 1 CLEARANCE AND SIDE MARKER 2 LIGHTS

G

R RH

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

(S/D) W–B W–B W–B (STATION W/G) W–B

W–B

L

K

C

W–B

89

TAILLIGHTS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAIL LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 4, AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY 2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (INTEGRATION RELAY ON) CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(C) INTEGRATION RELAY

PLEASE REFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
(E) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

(DISCONNECT THE FAILURE SENSOR AND INSPECT THE CONNECTOR) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F F6 R2 I12 C14 L3 C13 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 28 (CANADA) 28 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 28 G H I J K L CODE R11 R11 R12 R13 R14 R14 26 27 26 26 26 27 SEE PAGE M N O P Q R CODE L1 L2 R16 R17 F1 F2 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1B 1D 1F 1M 2B 2D 3B 18 18 18 18 20 20 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 H1 U1 V1 V2 V3 W1 Y1 34 34 36 38 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

90

: GROUND POINTS
CODE C D I K L SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RADIATOR LEFT J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT REAR FENDER BACK PANEL CENTER DECK RIGHT

91

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS
7. 5A TURN 15A HAZ–HORN

12 1G W L (USA) 4 F2 W 7 F2 G–W (CANADA) B 16 1G 4 1B

3 2F

A HAZARD SW OFF HAZARD ON 7 9 (EX. USA S/D STD)

L

10

8

TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] RH TURN LH

5

6

5

W 1

8

(USA S/D STD)

G–W

G–B

G–W

G–R

G–B

G–Y

G–L

G–Y

G–B (USA) 4 I1 (CANADA) 15 I1 17 F2

(CANADA)

(USA)

G–W

G–W

G–R

G–B

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2 1 1 3 1 G–B 1 G–W 6 1K

14 1G 4 1M G–W G–B G–Y 18 F2 G–B 2 F2 G–Y G–Y G–Y G–B 1 1M 3 1 I

10 1M

11 1G

19 1G

G–Y

1 1D

9 1B

10 1B

15 1D G–Y G–Y 5 V1 4 6

(STATION W/G) G–Y

LH

RH

G–Y

INDICATOR LIGHTS [COMB. METER]

W–B

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)

FRONT RH

FRONT LH

3

3

REAR RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]

REAR LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]

3 C (S/D) 3 D (STATION W/G)

E

F

(S/D FWD)

3 3B 3 G (S/D) 3 H (STATION W/G) W–B J/B NO. 3 8 F1 W–B W–B 3 1F K D

4 C (S/D) 4 D (STATION W/G)

2

2

4 G (S/D) 4 H (STATION W/G)

W–B

W–B

D

I

C

W–B

14 1L

A

92

W–B

V3 V2

G–Y

2

SERVICE HINTS
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARD SW ON 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C H5 C14 R11 28 28 26 SEE PAGE D E F CODE R11 F3 F4 27 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE G H I CODE R14 R14 C12 26 27 28 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1D 1F 1G 1K 1L 1M 2F 3B 20 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 F2 I1 V1 V2 V3 34 34 34 38 36 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A C D I K SEE PAGE 30 (2VS–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VS–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G)
A

GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RADIATOR LEFT J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT REAR FENDER BACK PANEL CENTER DECK RIGHT
B BLACK C G D H E F GRAY

3 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 8 5 3 4 4

3 2

I

1 2 3

93

STOP LIGHTS
20A STOP

(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR) (W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)

7. 5A GAUGE 2 1F Y 3 F1 Y

11 1L G–R

6 1D J/B NO. 3 Y

1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL) 9 3B REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] Y–G R–L 6 10 C 14 H1 D LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR Y–G 3 9 G–W G–W W–B G–W 4 W1 G–W G–W (S/D) G–W (S/D) G–W G–R G–R G–R G–R (STATION W/G) G–R 4 Y1 (STATION W/G) 2 LH STOP LIGHTS [REAR COMB. LIGHT] 4 E 4 G 4 F (S/D) (STATION W/G) W–B 4 H 4 I 4 J W–B RH 1 G–W G–R 2 I 2 J K HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT (STATION W/G) W–B (S/D) W–B W–B L W–B I W–B HOLD CIRCUIT G–R W–B W–B I Y 2 1 G–R G–W G–R (S/D ALL– 1 V3 TRAC/4WD) (S/D FWD) 3 V2 4 V1 (STATION W/G) G–R 2 U1 G–R G–R G–R 2 E 2 G 2 F (S/D) (STATION W/G) 2 H W–B W–B 3 U1 K G–R STOP LIGHT SW 3 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL) G–W 10 1L 8 1D G–W 7

94

G–W

SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 1 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF.

SERVICE HINTS
STOP LIGHT SW (A) 1–(A) 3 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) (B) 1–(B) 2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(D) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

1, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON 2, 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D S9 S9 C13 L3 SEE PAGE 28 28 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E F G H CODE R11 R12 R11 R13 26 26 27 26 SEE PAGE I J K CODE R14 R14 H8 SEE PAGE 26 27 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1F 1L 3B 18 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 H1 U1 V1 V2 V3 W1 Y1 34 34 36 38 36 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE I K L SEE PAGE 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38
A

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT REAR FENDER BACK PANEL CENTER DECK RIGHT BACK DOOR RIGHT
B C BROWN D E 2 4 I

1 3

1 2 6 10

1 2 7

3 9

F 2 4

H

G

J

K 1 2 4

2

95

BACK–UP LIGHTS
7. 5A GAUGE

11 1I R–L 4 D1 R–B 3 C1 6 A (A/T) 2 B (M/T) BACK–UP LIGHT SW 5 A (A/T) 1 B (M/T) R–B 5 L1 12 H1 R–B R–B (STATION W/G) 1 W1 R–L 1 U1 (S/D) R–B R–L

1 Y1

R–B

C LH

3 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] 4 W–B W–B

3

R–L

R–B

R–L

D RH

E LH

1 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] 4 W–B W–B

1

F RH

4

4

3 U1

W–B

W–B I L

96

SERVICE HINTS
BACK–UP LIGHT SW (A) 5–6. (B) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B N1 B1 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C D CODE R12 R13 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E F CODE R12 R13 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 H1 L1 U1 W1 Y1 SEE PAGE 30 (2VS–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VS–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 36 38 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. NO 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE I L 36 38 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT REAR FENDER BACK DOOR RIGHT

(A/T)

A

GRAY

(M/T)

B GRAY

C

D

E 1

F

4 5 6 1 2 4 3

97

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
20A WIPER

L–R

3 1B

9 1I 2 M 1 L–W B FRONT WASHER MOTOR L L L L–B

1 1B

A WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY) [COMB. SW] WIPER RELAY LOW/MIST L–W (W/O REAR WIPER) L–W (W/ REAR WIPER) WASHER HIGH 2 1I

DIODE

OFF

INT

8

LG C

2

1 DIODE (FOR FRONT WIPER)

16

W–B

4

L–Y

7

L–B

13

L–O

L–O

6 D2

5 D2

3 D2

4 D2

W–B

L–O

L–B

1 +2

2 +1

4 B

+S

M 13 1I

D

D WIPER MOTOR

98

L–Y 3

L

L–Y

L

18

L

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITION (W/ INT SW)
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN RELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHANGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE CONDENSER.

4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION (W/ INT CONTROL)
WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN AND WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT (W/ INT SW) IN TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTION.

SERVICE HINTS
(A) WIPER AND WASHER SW

16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY 4 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION (D) WIPER MOTOR 3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C15 F5 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE C D CODE D14 W2 28 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1I 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE D2 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A BLACK B GRAY C GRAY D BLACK

4 13 16

7 18

8 1 2

1 2

1 3

2 4

99

REAR WIPER AND WASHER
A 20A WIPER B REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW WASHER 2 9 1I 3 1B INT B L–R OFF WASHER 1 2 M 1 LG–B L–B A REAR WASHER MOTOR L 5 L–B 7 LG–B 8 5 7 8 1 2 GRAY

C L–B

GRAY

L–B

1 2 7 H1 W–B L–B

13 G1 2 6 1B L C DIODE (FOR REAR WIPER) 1 4 W3 LG–B L LG 6 W3 L–B 1 2 3 1 H1 LG–B

D

1 W3

1 Y3 13 1G

8 F2

4 Y3

6 Y3

LG–B

L–B

L–R L

W–B

16 3C 1 D REAR WIPER RELAY 4 1 6 2 D 3 D J/B NO. 3

IC

8 F1

2

3

5

+B S

L M REAR WIPER MOTOR 3 1F

W–B D

100

W–B

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY, TERMINAL +B OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR.

1. REAR WIPER OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO THE INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT TO OPERATE SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL L OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER.

2. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER OFF)
WHEN THE WASHER SW IS PUSHED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE WIPER OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, AND THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PUSHED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. ACCORDINGLY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTER THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.

3. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER ON)
WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW IS PUSHED MORE STRONGLY DURING WIPER OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, SO THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PRESSED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION SWITCH OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY THEN FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTER THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.

SERVICE HINTS
(A) REAR WASHER MOTOR

2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON REAR WIPER RELAY 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–3 : POINTS CHANGES EVERY 12 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH IGNTION SW ON AND WIPER SW AT INT POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B R3 R7 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C D CODE D15 R20 28 27 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1G 1I 3C SEE PAGE 18 18 18 22 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 F2 G1 H1 W3 Y3 34 34 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

101

POWER WINDOWS
7. 5A GAUGE 30A POWER CB 1 11 1I W–L 1 1 2 POWER MAIN RELAY 3 1 W–B L 4 1 L L 1 10 E1 L A POWER WINDOW MASTER SW L 7 FRONT LH 8 FRONT RH R–L 1

DOWN

+ –

+ –

LOCK NORMAL 1 2 W–B 6 13 12 G–W 5 R–L

W–B

W–B G R

DOWN

UP

UP

L

W–B

5 E1

6 E1

2 E2 G–L R–L 3 O2 R–L 3 L 4 O2 L 5 POWER WINDOW SW W–B

2 O2 G–W 2

C UP FRONT RH 1 4

9 1L G G R 5 1K 2 M D FRONT LH POWER WINDOW MOTORS B 1 D 2 M FRONT RH 1 R

102

DOWN

SERVICE HINTS
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

A

B

D

F

H

7, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) DOWN OR DOWN HOLD WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

1 2

5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2

C

E

G

1 3 4

2 5

12 3 45

L

REAR LH

REAR RH

DOWN

DOEN

UP

UP

10

9

11

14

G–Y

R–Y

G–B

3 E1

4 E1

8 E2

3 E2

G–Y

G–B

R–Y

L L

L

L L

L

5 G1 L

3 G1 G–Y

4 G1 R–Y

1 N1 L

11 N1 G–B

5 N1 R–B

5 S1 L 3 POWER WINDOW SW

1 S1 G–B

4 S1 R–B

5 T1 L 3 POWER WINDOW SW

1 T1 G–B

4 T1 R–B

5

1

5

DOWN

R–B

R–B

1

E UP REAR LH 2 R

G UP REAR RH 2 R

4 G

4 G

F 2 M REAR LH 1

H 2 M REAR RH 1

POWER WINDOW MOTORS

DOWN

L

103

POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER CB FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 5 (PASSENGER’S) AND TERMINAL 3 (REAR LH, RH) OF THE POWER WINDOW SW.

1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND, → FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION. WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE AUTO SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.

3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TO GROUND SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 OR 2 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT.

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C P6 P7 P11 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) D E F CODE P8 P12 P9 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) G H CODE P13 P10 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1K 1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E1 E2 G1 N1 O2 S1 T1 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

104

POWER SEAT
A 30A POWER CB 1 1 W–L B C BLUE D ORANGE

1 2 5 6 7

3 4 9

1 2

1 2

1 2

12 G1 9 G1 W–L 3 2 W–L

(USA) (CANADA)

3

A POWER SEAT SW

5 DOWN DOWN W–B 1 2 W–B I

RR

UP

2

9

7

6

UP 1

FR

4

L–W

R–Y

L–R

L–B

L–Y

2 M B SLIDE MOTOR

1

2 M C

1

2 M D

1

FRONT VERTICAL MOTOR

REAR VERTICAL MOTOR

SERVICE HINTS
(A) POWER SEAT SW 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B P5 P4 28 28 SEE PAGE C D CODE P2 P3 28 28 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE G1 a2 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE I 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT REAR FENDER

R

105

1

8 O2

106
LOCK 3 W–B 11 O2 G 1 G G 2 UNLOCK B 1 W–L 3 LOCK 4 W–B 2 UNLOCK C 8 W–B DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH 10 1 1 E1 LOCK 3 12 E2 2 9 G–R G–R UNLOCK D 4 LOCK 1 11 2 E1 3 G G G G UNLOCK E 1 2 Y DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH LOCK TIMER UNLOCK TIMER 6 W–B LG DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH CONTROL UNIT W–B LG LG LG LG G W–L LG DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY LG LG LG 30A POWER CB A W–B W–B W–B Y 2 E2 9 E1 7 E1 8 E1 L–B 3 4 L–B L–R L–R 4 F DOOR LOCK SOLENOID FRONT LH 3 4 7 O2 5 O2 L–B L–B L–R L–R L–R 1 2 5 W–B W–B L–R L–R 13 O2 7 O1 G L–R DOOR LOCK SOLENOID FRONT RH 9 O2 W–B (CANADA 3S–FE W/ POWER WINDOW)

DOOR LOCKS

W–B

5 1K

D

L–B

L–B

6

W–B

W–B

4

H

L–B

W–B

W–B

L–B L–R 3 4 3 S1 1 G1 6 S1 2 G1 L–B L–B L–R L–R L–R H DOOR LOCK SOLENOID REAR LH 3 4 6 T1 3 T1 16 N1 10 N1 L–B L–R L–B L–R L–R L–R I DOOR LOCK SOLENOID REAR RH 4 2 11 G1 2 Y2 3 Y2 10 G1 3 W2 2 W2 L–B L–B L–B L–R L–R L–R J BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID(STATION W/G) 3 L–B 16 W–B 1 2 7 G–L KEY REMINDER K UNLOCK WARNING SW 5 1L 5 1D 1 2 R R–G FRONT LH L 14 1 DOOR COURTESY SW 4 N1 R–Y (USA W/O A. B. S. ) FRONT RH R–W M R–Y (EX. USA W/O A. B. S. )

W–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

FROM SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY G–Y 15

107

DOOR LOCKS
SERVICE HINTS SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH POWER CB.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
TO PUSH DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 3, TERMINAL 4 (W/G) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
TO PUSH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 (DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH), TERMINAL 11 (EX. DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH 2 STEP UNLOCK FUNCTION) OF THE DOOR CONTROL RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TEMRINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.

3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS OPERATION) WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK SOLENOID), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED IN SOLENOIDS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR TO UNLOCK. * IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOOR AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE RELAY WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

SERVICE HINTS
(A) DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

CONTINTUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS ALWAYS CONTINTUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 10–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED OR DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN 6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 9–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 11–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED OR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY (B) (D) DOOR LOCK KEY SW 2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY (F) (G) DOOR LOCK SOLENOID 1–2 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION (K) UNLOCK WARNING SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (L) (M) DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

2–GROUND 8–GROUND 16–GROUND 4–GROUND

: : : :

108

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E D16 D28 D26 D27 P6 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE F G H I J CODE D29 D30 D31 D32 B9 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 27 K L M N CODE U1 D19 D20 D21 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 4 21 21 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1K 1L 16 16 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E1 E2 G1 N1 O1 O2 S1 T1 W2 Y2 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D H 34 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

109

BACK DOOR LOCK (STATION W/G)
A 30A POWER CB 1 1 W–L B

1

2

3 4

2 4

(USA) 6 (CANADA)14

I1 I1 W–L A BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

1

LOCK

2

3

4

UNLOCK

L–B

11 H1

L–B

2 W2

L–B

2 Y2

L–B 4 B BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID

W–B E L–R 5 H1 L–R 3 W2 L–R 3 Y2 L–R

2

SERVICE HINTS
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B3 28 SEE PAGE B CODE B9 27 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE H1 I1 W2 Y2 34 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE E 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

110

HORN
15A HAZ–HORN

5 2A

2 D2

G–R G–R G–R

4 2 3

4

A

B BLACK 1

C BLACK

HORN RELAY 10 4 4 G–B 1 D2 G–B G–W G–W A 1 LH HORN B 1 RH 10 C HORN SW [COMB. SW] 1 4

SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY 2 (4)–4 (4) : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A H4 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B CODE H3 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B CODE C14 28 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 4 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 2A 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE D2 SEE PAGE 22 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

G–W

111

REMOTE CONTROL MIRRORS
7. 5A RADIO

1

1F

GR

1 F2

GR

A REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 4 B OPERATION SW W–B E W–B SELECT SW 7 3 LG–R LG–B LG I1 I1 LG–B 10 LG I1 13 8 I1 (USA) I1 (CANADA) LG–R 6 O1 1 O1 3 O1 1 C M M REMOTE CONROL MIRROR RH M M 3 LG–R LG–B LG LG–R LG–B LG 2 W–B

RIGHT

DOWN

LEFT

UP

LH 6 5

RH

LH 8 1

RH

LG BR–W LG–B

BR–Y BR–W BR–Y

(USA)15 (CANADA) 6

I1 I1

14 7

I1 I1

(USA)11 (CANADA) 9

LG–R BR–W BR–Y

6 E2

7 E2

11

E2

BR–W

1 B REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

3

112

LG–R

BR–Y

2

RIGHT DOWN

LEFT UP

SERVICE HINTS
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW (A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (A) 7–(A) 3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION (A) 4, (A) 7 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B R9 R21 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE C CODE R22 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E2 F2 I1 O1 34 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE E SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

34

A

B

C

1

3

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8

113

AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
30A AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT CB 2 1 L–W R–L 9 Q1 R–L

9 G1 L

5 Q1 G–W R–L L

G–W

9

10

2

A

AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER

BUZZER

6 R–W

8

1

3

13 P–L W–B

15

17 R–Y

7 G–L 2 Q1 6 G1 G–L G UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B G–L 2 1 6 W–B 4 H G–L W–B

R–G

R–B

R–Y

8 Q1

R–Y

2 7 Q1 10 Q1 1 R1 2 R1 D AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SPOOL RELEASE SW R–Y 2 BUCKLE SW

2 (W/ POWER SEAT)

R–W

R–W

2 E (W/ POWER SEAT) 1 F (W/O POWER SEAT)

R–B

R–Y

1 2 M 1 1 M 2 W–B W–B

1 E (W/ POWER SEAT) 2 F (W/O POWER SEAT) W–B 1 2 (W/ POWER SEAT)

B MOTOR LH

C MOTOR RH AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT MOTOR

12 Q1

W–B

W–B

W–B I

114

R–L

17 H1

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 6 6 R–L R–L H I

7. 5A GAUGE 9 3B J/B NO. 3 Y 3 F1 2 1F

Y

6 1D Y J G–W AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT RELEASE LEVER WARNING LIGHT 2 Y 1 3 Q1 Y 16 LG 11 LG–B 12 LG–Y 11 Q1 4 R1 3 R1 LG–B K FRONT LH LIMIT SW 2 REAR RH 4 L FRONT RH LIMIT SW 1 P 3 P–L 7 G1 9 N1 P–L 8 N1 P–B 5 E2 P 8 O1 P–L 4 O1 P–B P 2 3 OPEN CLOSE OPEN 1 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH W–B 2 E2 7 O1 W–B W–B 5 1K D W–B N AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW LH 1 O AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW RH P–B LG–Y LG 2 1 2 Y 4 MOTOR CONTROL AND WARNING 5 R 18 LG–R 4 Q1 REAR LH 3 P–G 8 G1 P–G 10 E2 P–G 3 CLOSE M 1 W–B R LG–R 4 G–L 1 Q1 FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

115

AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
SERVICE HINTS
(A) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER

1, 6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR OPEN AND FRONT LIMIT SW ON (RELEASING SHOULDER BELT) 3, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED AND REAR LIMIT SW ON (FASTENING SHOULDER BELT) 4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 5–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 9–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS 10–GROUND: 0 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNTION SW ON 13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY (D) SPOOL RELEASE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH SPOOL RELEASE LEVER PULLED UP (E) (F) BUCKLE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE (G) UNLOCK WARNING SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (K) (L) FRONT LIMIT SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT FRONT END OF GUIDE RAIL (K) (L) REAR LIMIT SW 4–3 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT REAR END OF GUIDE RAIL (M) DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN (N) (O) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW 3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR CLOSED 2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E A34 A37 A38 A42 B7 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 28 F G H I J CODE B10 U1 C13 C11 A39 28 28 28 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE K L M N O CODE A35 A36 D19 A40 A41 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 4 23 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1F 1K 3B 18 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E2 F1 G1 H1 N1 O1 Q1 R1 a2 34 34 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER) FLOOR NO. NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)

116

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D H I 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT LEFT REAR FENDER

117

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
A BROWN 7. 5A GAUGE 2 1F Y 10A ECU–B 6

2

9 1N R–L

3 F1 R Y

1 B R

J/B NO. 3 C R UNLOCK WARNING SW

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

6 A

(W/ DOOR LOCK)

2

(W/O DOOR LOCK)

9 3B R–L

6

C

I BLACK

1

6 B R–G 2 R–W R 1

(USA) 8 I1 (CANADA)17 I1 R–G

R–L

D BLACK

2

5

3

1 4

2 5

3 6

TIMER E

1 2

6 R–Y

1

D SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY G–Y (W/ DOOR LOCK) 15 H DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

4 F W–B

G–Y

12 G1 (W/O DOOR LOCK) R–Y

1

2

2

2 (W/ POWER SEAT)

G BLUE

BUCKLE SW 5 1D 1 E (W/ POWER SEAT) 2 F (W/O POWER SEAT) W–B

1L

R–G (W/ DOOR LOCK) I UNLOCK WARNING SW

G–L

2 E (W/ POWER SEAT) 1 F (W/O POWER SEAT)

R–Y

1

5 1L 5

2

7

16 H

2 2 W–B 15 7 16

R 1

G DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1

W–B

W–B W–B 6 4 H

1 W–B

2 (W/ POWER SEAT)

I

118

SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 → RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AND THE CURRENT WHICH HAS FLOWED THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 FLOWS THROUGH THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 → BUCKLE SW → GROUND, CAUSING THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER TO SOUND FOR ABOUT 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SW OFF) DURING THIS PERIOD, THEN THE BUZZER WILL STOP.

2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY. THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.

SERVICE HINTS
(C) UNLOCK WARNING SW

CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(D) SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY

4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN AND IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 5–GROUND : 0 VOLT FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON (E) (F) BUCKLE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE (G) DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C C11 C13 U1 28 28 28 SEE PAGE D E F CODE S5 B7 B10 28 28 28 SEE PAGE G H CODE D19 D16 28 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 4 23 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1F 1L 1N 3B 18 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 G1 I1 a2 34 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE H I 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT LEFT REAR FENDER

119

CRUISE CONTROL
15A ECU–IG

20 1G

A CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER PI 3 10 B RES 17 W SET 5 W–R 11 B NS 13 BR E SPD 7 V–Y (USA)16 (CANADA)19 I1 I1 F SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER] BR 2 W–B E V–Y D 2 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW NEUTRAL START SW (M/T) E 2 B–W 1 3 (A/T) 3 W–B 6 13 1I D H 4 1 4 TO STARTER B

G–W

(A/T)

B–R

Y

9 F2

9 18

I1 I1

3 20

I1 (USA) I1 (CANADA) FROM IGNITION SW ” ST1” B–W

G–W

B–R

R

B

(M/T)

13 K1 3 1 4 CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW] 17 5 B ACCEL RESUME 16 W–B SET COAST

OFF SW

C

5 CRUISE B CONTROL MAIN SW W–B

15 3C

J/B NO. 3 W–B

8 F1 W–B

3 1F

120

B

B

G 12 4 F1 8 1F 14 3B 3 1N 1 PK J/B NO. 3 11 1B R–W R–W R–W R–W R–W 6 1 K1 Y–B A/D Y–B Y–B Y–B A 8 V–R S2 2 K1 V–R

PARKING BRAKE SW

TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW

(EX. ECT)TO O/D COMPUTER (ECT)TO TCCS ECU

FROM ECT ECU

4

TO TCCS ECU ECT SOLENOID

7 D2

CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER

I 2 14 9 D2 W–B W–B 3 8 D2 1 4 2 R–Y R–Y G–B 2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR H CRUISE CONTROL STOP SW 11 D2 R–L R–L J 1 (W/ A. B. S. ) (W/O A. B. S. ) K 1 2 CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM SW R–L CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM SW R–L 9

G R–G

CV EL RV VCM

BR(CANADA) L W–B(USA) CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM PUMP 2 1 L–R M W–B

1

W–B

L–R

VP

12 D2

A TO STOP LIGHTS LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR G–W

15

16

STOP LIGHT SW 3 1 10 1L 8 1D G–W G–W

STP–

STP+

G–W

G–R

20A STO P

H G–R

11 1L

G–R

121

CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
VOLTAGE FROM THE BATTERY IS NORMALLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS THEN TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW. IF AT THIS TIME THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 3 FLOWS FROM THE POWER INDICATOR → TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE COMPUTER, MAINTAINING THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IN CONSTANT READINESS FOR OPERATION.

1. CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING
WHEN THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED IN WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40km/h, 25MPH TO 200km/h, 124MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THAT TIME IS RECORDED IN THE COMPUTER MEMORY AS THE SET SPEED. THE COMPUTER COMPARES THE RECORDED SET SPEED WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 7 FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE SET VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, COMPUTER OPERATION LENGTHENS THE PERIOD OF CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ACTUATOR → THE CONTROL VALVE → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 14 OF THE COMPUTER, THE CABLE IS PULLED IN THE DIRECTION FOR OPENING THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED INCREASES. WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, A SHORTER PERIOD OF CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE RETURNS THE CABLE IN THE DIRECTION FOR CLOSING THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED DECREASES. <ACTUATOR OPERATION> WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATES (THE SET SIGNAL IS INPUT), CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE COMPUTER TO THE RELEASE VALVE, CLOSING THE ATMOSPHERIC INTAKE PORT. WHEN THERE IS CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE, VACUUM IS INTRODUCED INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY, VACUUM INTAKE STOPS AND ATMOSPHERE IS INTRODUCED. IN OTHER WORDS, THE ACTUATOR (THROTTLE VALVE) IS CONTROLLED BY CHANGING THE RATIO OF CONTINUITY AND NON–CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE WITHIN A SPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME. <ROLE OF THE VACUUM SW AND VACUUM PUMP> WHEN THE VACUUM SW TURNS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, ITS SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE COMPUTER SO THAT THE COMPUTER APPLIES CURRENT TO OPERATE THE VACUUM PUMP (TERMINAL 1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 OF THE PUMP → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND) AND SUPPLEMENT THE ENGINE VACUUM WHICH BY ITSELF IS INADEQUATE FOR CONTROL.

2. CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IS PERFORMED DURING CRUISE CONTROL, THEN CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND THE RELEASE VALVE IS CUT OFF AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED: ∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER. ∗ PLACING THE NEUTRAL START SW IN “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER. ∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKES PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE COMPUTER. ∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE COMPUTER.

3. COAST CONTROL
WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL, CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND RELEASE VALVE IS STOPPED AND THE VEHICLE DECELERATES UNTIL THE SW IS RELEASED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED IS THEN RECORDED IN MEMORY.

4. RESUME CONTROL
BY TURNING THE RESUME SW TO ON AFTER CANCELLATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS, THE VEHICLE SPEED WILL RETURN TO THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION, PROVIDED THAT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS WITHIN THE SET LIMITS.

5. ACCEL CONTROL
WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED TO ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND THE VEHICLE ACCELERATES. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS TURNED OFF IS RECORDED IN MEMORY.

SERVICE HINTS
(A) CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER (DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR) 2–14 : APPROX. 68 (ACTUATOR RELEASE VALVE) 4–14 : APPROX. 30 (ACTUATOR CONTROL VALVE) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SET, COAST SW ON 7–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVE VEHICLE SLOWRY) 11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T) OR SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P RANGE (A/T) (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) 12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PKB LEVER PULL UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW ON 13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 17–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH RESUME, ACCEL SW ON 10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON 15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) 16–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

122

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D C17 C18 C15 C16 28 28 28 28 SEE PAGE E R G H CODE N1 C13 P1 S9 28 28 28 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) I J K L CODE C3 C5 C5 C4 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1D 1F 1G 1I 1L 1N 3B 3C 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE D2 F1 F2 I1 K1 SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 34 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A D E H SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 34 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT KICK PANEL R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

123

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
7. 5A IGN 20A STOP 15A EFI 7. 5A GAUGE R–L R–L

6

1I B–O

11 1L G–R

2 2G W–L

2 1F

11

1I R–L

4 D1

R–B

13 D1

3 F1

B

1

A STOP LIGHT SW 7 3C J/B NO. 3 7 3D R–L 6 B PWR 4 L–R B PATERN SELECT SW NORM 5 L–Y L–Y R–B L–R R O C G EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR 2 1 L–R BR R–B 3 L1 L–R

4 C1

3

G–W

2 F IGSW

13 D BK

G–W

1 F BATT

4 D THW TCCS ECU S1 19 E S2 18 E V–R SL 17 E SP2 8 F

9 D E2

7 D PWR

3 F R

16 F N

15 F 2

DG 7 F

T 15 D

OD2 20 F G–O

V–R

7 L1

2 K1 BR–B LG–B Y–G V–R L–Y

I O/D MAIN SW

V–R

V

G–O

G–O

1

3 H 17 TT

O G–O W–B

CHECK CONNECTOR

TE1

LOCK–UP

SPEED SENSOR

NO. 2

N0. 1

TO CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER

E1 3

G

ECT SOLENOID

W–B

BR

5

B

124

W–B

3

2

1

6

6

R

10 K1

W–L

B–O

Y

Y

R–L

R–B

3 C1 R–L K 6 A/T INDICATOR SW (NEUTRAL START SW) L 4 2 9 O D 8 B–O N 7 R

R 5 R–B

P 1

L–Y R–B L–R R G–W R–B O Y–L Y–L B–O R–L 4 O/D OFF 11 Y–L

O

V–Y 18 6 L1

L1

20 L1

19 L1

17 L1

R

5 L1

21 L1 G–W 7 P G–O

B–O

O

L

SP1

V–Y

12

13

5

8

3

R

14 F

9 F

2

OD1 21 F

2 J SPEED SENSOR 3

NORM

PWR

TO C/C COMPUTER W–B

Y–B

L

2

D

N

R

L

A/T INDICATOR

10

G–O

15 3D 14 3D W–B J/B NO. 3

W–B

8 F1 W–B

W–B

3 1F

W–B

E

D

R–B 1

L–R

Y–L

L–Y

125

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. TCCS COMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVER DRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE TCCS COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE TCCS COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.

126

SERVICE HINTS
TCCS ECU (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW) (E) 19–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT D, 2 OR L RANGE 0 VOLT WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P, R OR N RANGE (E) 7,18–(E) 24 : 0 VOLT (D) 7–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION 0–2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORM POSITION (D) 13–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (D) 4–(D) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F) (D) 12–(D) 9 : 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN (D) 11–(D) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 4–5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN (D) 1–(D) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (F) 21–(E) 24 : 5 VOLTS (F) 20–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED ON 0 VOLT O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED OFF (F) 9–(E) 24 : 0 OR 5 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND STANDING STILL 2–3 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING (F) 8–(E) 24 : 0 OR 5 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL 2–3 VOLTS WITH VEHICLE MOVING (F) 3–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER A/T R RANGE 0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R RANGE (F) 16–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N RANGE 0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT N RANGE (F) 15–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 RANGE 0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 RANGE (F) 14–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L RANGE 0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L RANGE (F) 2–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (F) 1–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS
(G) ECT SOLENOID

1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω (I) O/D MAIN SW 1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D S9 E7 E2 T3 28 28 24 28 SEE PAGE E F G H CODE T4 T2 E1 C1 28 28 24 24 SEE PAGE I J K L CODE O1 C13 N1 A26 28 28 24 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1I 1L 2G 3C 3D 18 18 20 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 K1 L1 30 30 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

127

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE B D E 30 34 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT KICK PANEL

128

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ECT COMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE TCCS ECU TO TERMINALS IDL, L1, L2 AND L3 OF THE ECT COMPUTER, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 (FWD), OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 (FWD), 1 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ECT COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ECT COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 (FWD), 3 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ECT COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.

129

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
R–L R–L 20A DOME 20A STOP 15A ECU–IG 7. 5A GAUGE 11 1I 2 2F L–Y 11 1L G–R 1 1N 20 1G B–R R–L 4 D1 R–B 3 C1 R–L

2 1F R–L (ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) Y 3 F1

14 1B

1 A 10 1G L–Y 3 G–W STOP LIGHT SW

7 3C NORM Y J/B NO. 3 7 3D R–L 6 B PWR 4 L–R 5 L–Y

6 F1 L–Y

10 1L J/B NO. 3

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

B (FWD)

ECT PATTERN SELECT SW

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

G–W

1 1G 13 3C L–Y R–W

(FWD)

12 F2

10 K1 G–W

8 L4 L–Y

4 K1 (FWD) 9 F2 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

(FWD)3 L4

R–Y

B–R

23 C 7 D +B

22 C 2 D BK

24 C 1 D IG

(FWD) (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

8 C 5 D PWR

ECT ECU GND 19 C 10 D W–B IDL 1 C 12 E L L3 2 C 13 E Y–R L2 3 C 3 E Y–G L1 4 C 4 E L–B OD1 17 C 12 D Y–B (FWD) (ALL–TRAC/4WD) S1 12 C 9 E V S2 11 C 8 E V–R SL 10 C 7 E P SP2 15 C

7 L3 6 L3

11 L1

2 L3

1 L3

5 L3

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

10 L3

11 L3

12 L3

Y–B W–B(ALL–TRAC/4WD) L

(FWD)

V–R P(ALL–TRAC/4WD) L–Y(FWD)

L–R (FWD) (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 1 K1 2 K1 V–R V–R Y–B K CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER 3 L 2 M 2 L 1 M 1 L 3 M LOCK–UP 6 L 6 H 6 J L1 14 H 14 J ECT 6 8 SPEED SENSOR SPD 10 J (ALL–TRAC/4WD) V–Y 5 L (FWD) BR V–Y B ECT SOLENOID NO. 1 NO. 2 (FWD) (ALL–TRAC/4WD) Y–B L–B V LG–B

R

L Y–G Y–R

BR (FWD)

F THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

3

6 G 6 I IDL

L

7 H 7 J L3

13 H 13 J L2 TCCS ECU

B

130

L–R

R–L R–L

R–L R–L Q 6 A/T INDICATOR SW (NEUTRAL START SW)

L 4 L–Y Y–L

2 9 O

D 8 B–O

N 7 R

R 5 R–B

P 1 G–W 21 L4 21 L1 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) O/D OFF 11 G–O R–L 4 G–W P G–W 7

18 L4 18 L1 L–R

20 L4 20 L1

19 L4 19 L1

17 L4 17 L1

5 L4 5 L1

B–O

G–W

R

O

Y–L

B–O

P ECT ECU SP1 16 C

N

2

L

DG 13 C 8 D

OD2 5 C 6 D G–O

12

13

5

8

3

2

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

NORM

PWR

V–Y

7 L4

(FWD)

L

2

D

N

R

BR–B

6 L4

(FWD) 12 L1 BR–B

G–O

G–O

R

A/T INDICATOR

10

V–Y

N SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER] CHECK CONNECTOR 2 O

17 TT (ECT) E1 3

1

O/D MAIN SW

15 3D 14 3D W–B

V–Y

3

3

W–B

W–B

W–B

P

J/B NO. 3

8 F1 W–B BR W–B

3 1F

E

B

D

R–B 1

L–R

L–Y

Y–L

O

R

14 E

7 C 17 E

21 C 16 E

20 C 15 E

R–B

Y–L

O

R

131

ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
ECT ECU (ELECTRICAL CONTROLED UNIT) (IGNITION SW ON) (C) 19, (D) 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (C) 2, (E) 13–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS (C) 3, (E) 3–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS (C) 4, (E) 4–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 VOLTS (C) 1–19, (D) 12–10 : 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 1.5° (C) 16–19 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS OR 0 VOLT WITH STANDING STILL 6 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING VEHICLE MOVING (FWD) (C) 22–19, (D) 2–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL NOT DEPRESSED (C) 21–19, (E) 16–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION 0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT 2 POSITION (C) 20–19, (E) 15–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT L POSITION (C) 12–19, (E) 9–(D) 10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS (C) 10, 11–19, (E) 7, 8–(D) 10 : 0 VOLT (C) 5–19, (D) 6–10 : 5 (12) VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW ON 0 VOLT WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF (C) 24–19, (D) 1–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL : 5 OR 0 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL 4 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING (FWD) (C) 8–19, (D) 5–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION 0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT AT NORM POSITION (C) 23–19, (D) 7–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS (C) 17, (D) 12–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. BELOW 70°C (158°F) 5 (12) VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C (158°F) ( ): AISIN COMPUTER
(L) (M) ECT SOLENOID

1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω
(P) O/D MAIN SW

1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F S9 E7 E4 E5 E6 T1 28 28 28 (FWD) 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 25 SEE PAGE G H I J K L CODE T3 T2 T3 T2 C17 E1 28 (FWD) 28 (FWD) 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 28 25 (FWD) SEE PAGE M N O P Q R CODE E1 C13 C1 O1 N1 A26 28 25 28 25 28 SEE PAGE 25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1G 1I 1L 1N 2F 3C 3D 20 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

132

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 F2 I1 K1 L1 L3 L4 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) 32 32 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (NSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B D E 32 34 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT KICK PANEL

133

OVER DRIVE
SERVICE HINTS
7. 5A GAUGE 11 1I 2 1F R–L

(B) O/D SOLENOID

1–GROUND : APPROX. 13 Ω
(C) O/D MAIN SW
R–L

1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D SW AT OFF POSITION OPEN WITH O/D SW AT ON POSITION (E) O/D WATER TEMP SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED BELOW 43° C (109° F) OPEN ABOVE 55° C (131° F)

3 F1

Y

4 D1 R–B J/B NO. 3 3 C1 B A O/D OFF INDICATOR [A/T INDICATOR] O/D SOLENOID 1 G–O 7 L1 G–O P–L 3 C O/D MAIN SW D O/D DIODE 2 P–L 1 1 K1 Y–B 1 J/B NO. 3 O/D WATER TEMP. SW TO CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER E

R–L

4

11 G–O

G–O

1

3 Y–B Y–B

14 3D

8 F1

3 1F

W–B

W–B

W–B

D

134

R–L 2

7 3C

Y

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B A26 E1 28 25 SEE PAGE C D CODE O1 D11 28 28 SEE PAGE E CODE O2 25 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1I 3C 3D 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 K1 L1 32 32 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NOO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

A

B GRAY

C

BLUE

D

E

4 11

1 1 2 3

1 2 3 1

135

ALL–TRAC/4WD (w/ ECT)
7. 5A GAUGE

2 1F

3 F1

Y J/B NO. 3 7 3A R–W 1 A DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW 5 L–B CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT L–B 3 C AUTO 4 GND 10 C W–B SD1 6 D P–L SD2 5 D G–O ECT ECU FR+ 2 D W–L FR– 1 D Y–L RR+ 11 D R–L RR– 10 D L–Y 9 L3 L–Y 2 1 G DIFF. LOCK SPEED SENSOR 16 3D E DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID REAR 6 L3 W–B W–B L–B 3 B

Y

13 L3 P–L

14 L3 G–O

3 L3 W–L

4 L3 Y–L

8 L3 R–L

1

2 2 1

F FRONT

J/B NO. 3 W–B 8 F1 3 1F W–B D B

136

W–B

SERVICE HINTS
ECT ECU (C) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C R7 C6 E5 28 28 28 SEE PAGE D E F CODE E6 D2 D5 28 25 25 SEE PAGE G CODE D6 25 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 3A 3D 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 L3 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B D 32 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

A

B 2

C

D

E

1 5

3 3 10 1 2 5 6

1

2

10 11

F

G

BLACK

1 2

137

ALL–TRAC/4WD SYSTEM (W/O ECT)
A 7. 5A GAUGE 1 2 1 2 B GRAY C D E

1 4 3 4

11 1I R–L 4 D1 R–B 3 C1 R–L R–L R–L R–L R–L

1

A DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID (FOR DIFF. LOCK, 4WD)

B

1

1 C DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW

2 L–B L–Y 1 D DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW 4 W–B 1 L2 L–B L–B

2

2 G–Y 3 L2

2 3B

W–B

8 F1

W–B

16 3D J/B NO. 3

W–B

4

3

L–B

E

3 1F

CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT

D

SERVICE HINTS
(A) (B) DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID

1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(C) DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW

1–2 : CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW ON 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B D3 D4 25 25 SEE PAGE C D CODE D1 R7 25 28 SEE PAGE E CODE C6 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1I 3B 3D 18 18 22 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C1 D1 F1 L2 32 32 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WORE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

138

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
SERVICE HINTS
15A CIG 15A RADIO 15A TAIL

(A) CIGARETTE LIGHTER

2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
(B) CLOCK
5 1F L–R 2 2F L–Y 6 1F G

14 1B 7 F1

3–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION) 2–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (SIGNAL OF DIM INDICATION) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

10 1G L–R L–Y 6 F1 L–Y

1 F1

J/B NO. 3

J/B NO. 3

G J/B NO. 3

A

B

1 L–R 5 3C L–R 12 3C L–Y 1 3C G(USA) 3

2 4

A 2 4 3 B CLOCK 4 W–B CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1 W–B 2 G

RUNNING LIGHTS RELAY

13 G(USA) G(CANADA)

14 3C 8 F1 J/B NO. 3 3 1F

W–B

W–B

G I1

D

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A C7 28 SEE PAGE B CODE C9 28 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1G 2F 3C 18 18 20 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 I1 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

139

SHIFT LOCK
7. 5A RADIO 15A ECU–IG 20A STOP

1 1F

20 1G

11 1L G–R 1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL) STOP LIGHT SW 3 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) 2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL) G–W 10 1L 1 1G R–W

1 F2 GR

9 F2 B–R

B–R

GR

12 F2 R–Y

C SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW P1

1

3

6

TIMER P

P2 SL– SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID SL+

4 L

5 W–B 14 3D J/B NO. 3 W–B 8 F1 3 1F W–B 7 1M W–B D D KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

(USA) 1 I1 (CANADA)11 I1

140

W–B

L 2 1

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” RANGE.

2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE COMPUTER OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.

SERVICE HINTS
(C) SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B S9 S9 28 28 SEE PAGE C D CODE S6 K1 28 28 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1F 1G 1L 1M 3D 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 F2 I1 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT

A

B

C

D

1 3

1 2

1 4

5

3 6

1 2

141

A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
W–L W–L 1 C3 W–L W–L FL 1. 0Y

1 B 4 D W–B

2 B

A. B. S. ACTUATOR

6 D 2 C M

R–Y

R–Y

R

3 D R–B

3 C R–W

1 D 5 D 2 D G–R G–B L–Y

6 C 5 C 4 C 1 C G–R G–W L–R L–W

5 80A ALT FUSIBLE LINK BOX

R–W

L–Y

G–W

L–W

G–R

G–R

G–B

R–B

L–R

A 2 18 Z1

15 Z1 R–W

4 Z1

16 Z1

5 Z1

10 Z1

9 Z1 G–W

7 Z1

13 Z1

8 Z1

L–W

G–R

G–R

G–B

R–B

L–R

L–Y

4 F T

8 E MT

10 E MR

10 F R–

9 E SR

6 E SRR

8 F SFL

1 E SFR

18 F SRL

12 E AST

A. B. S. COMPUTER TS BATTERY 11 E R–G GST GS– GS+ VGS FL+ 15 F V–G FL– 14 F FR+ 13 F BR–R FR– 12 F W 1 Z1 I 1 2 1 FRONT RH W

11 Z1 W–B G A. B. S. CHECK CONNECTOR (EX. 2VZ–FE) W–R

2 Z1

3 Z1

P

12 Z1

1 BR–R GST GS– GS+ VGS DECELERATION SENSOR [A. B. S. COMPUTER] 2 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) H 2 V–G P

W–B

FRONT LH

A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR

W–B

A

142

R

R

7. 5A GAUGE

10A ECU–B

15A ECU–IG

20A STOP

2 2 1F Y 1 1 1N 11 1L

3 F1 R–Y Y 1 J/B NO. 3 L STOP LIGHT SW 3

9 3B R–L

A. B. S. WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

6 J

10 K R–Y

17 Z1 2 12 N1 R I1 R–Y 13 N1 6 N1 15 N1

R–Y

R–Y

2 E W

6 F BATT A. B. S. COMPUTER

7 F IG

3 E STP

RL+ 11 F Y–L

RL– 3 F W–L

RR+ 9 F

RR– 2 F

GND 16 F

G–W GND 5 F

B–R

G–W

B–R

R

G–R

PKB 5 E R–W 14 N1 3 1N

W–L

R–L

Y–L

L–Y

8 1F R–W

R–W

3 a1

1 a1

11 1B R–W J/B NO. 3 TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW

M 1 2 1

N W–B W–B 2 4 F1 R–W 14 3B R–W M TO PARKING BRAKE SW

REAR LH A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR

REAR RH

143

A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER. (2) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL (FOR ALL–TRAC/4WD) THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE A.B.S. COMPUTER. (3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED. (4) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE A.B.S. COMPUTER, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE COMPUTER JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE COMPUTER, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERBILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

SERVICE HINTS
A.B.S. COMPUTER (CONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR) (E) 1–GROUND, (E) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON (E) 6–GROUND, (E)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON (F) 8–GROUND, (F)18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON (F) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED APPROX. 0 VOLT WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTSR CONNECTED (DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR) (E) 1–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (E) 6–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 8–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 18–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (E) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL RETURNED (E) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RETURNED (F) 4–GROUND, (F) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 8–GROUND : (F) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF (E) 9–(F) 10 : APPROX. 65–100 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (E) 10–(F) 10 : APPROX. 50–80 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH TS CONECTOR SHORTED (E) 12–GROUND : (F) 14–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITY (E) 12–GROUND : APPROX. 5 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 2–GROUND, (F) 3–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 10–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF (F) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (F) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON (F) 9–(F) 2 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ (F) 11–(F) 3 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ (F) 13–(F) 12 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ (F) 15–(F) 14 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ

144

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F6 A1 A3 A2 A29 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) F G H I J CODE A30 A4 A5 A6 C13 SEE PAGE 26 (2VZ–FE), 27 (3S–FE) 24 (S/D), 25 (STATION W/G) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 28 K L M N CODE C11 S9 A31 A32 28 28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1L 1N 3B 18 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE C3 F1 I1 N1 Z1 a1 SEE PAGE 28 (2VZ–FE) 30 (3S–FE) 32 32 32 32 34 (S/D) 36 (STATION W/G) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. NO 2) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE AND NO NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A M SEE PAGE 28 (2VZ–FE) 30 (3S–FE) 34 (S/D) 36 (STATION W/G) GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RIGHT REAR FENDER

145

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
7. 5A GAUGE 30A DEFOG CB 10A ECU–B

3 2 1F

2 DEFOGGER RELAY

2 1D

Y

3 F1

5 1G Y–L

12 1D

Y

B

3 F2 B (STATION W/G) (S/D)

(USA) 7 I1 (CANADA)12 I1

J/B NO. 3 3 W3 Y–L

3 Y3

B

10 H1

B

Y

2

6

B

1 B

1 D

R 1 F NOISE FILTER L

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER TIMER 1 C 1 E

3

A

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

3 3A

W–B

B

J/B NO. 3 W–B

8 F1

3 1F

W–B

D

J

146

B

R

R

1

4

SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY 2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON. DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUES THEREAFTER DEFOGGER SW (W/ TIMER) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–3 : CONTINUITY WITH DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUTES THEREAFTER

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B R6 R18 28 26 SEE PAGE C D CODE R19 R18 26 27 SEE PAGE E F CODE R19 N3 27 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1F 1G 3A 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 F2 H1 I1 W3 Y3 34 34 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D J L 34 36 38 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT RIGHT REAR PILLAR BACK DOOR LIGHT

A BLUE

B 1

C

BLACK

D

E

F

BLUE

2 3 6

1

1

147

MOON ROOF
A 7. 5A GAUGE 30A POWER CB 1 11 1I R–L W–L 1 1 2 POWER MAIN RELAY 3 1 W–B L 4 1 1 1 B C D

1 6 7 8 10

4

5 12

4

3 6

1 4 1 2

4 M1 L 2 P1 W–L

6

A MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

TIMER

7

8

4

12

10

1

5

G–W

W–B

W–B

G–Y

MOON ROOF SW

MOON ROOF LIMIT SW

6

P

3

1

D 1 2

CLOSED

M

OPEN

4 C W–B W–B W–B

MOON ROOF MOTOR

4 W–B

B

W–B

W–B W–B

1 P1 W–B

9 1L

D

W–B

G

148

G

R

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE POWER CB TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 12 TO GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED. WHEN THE MOON ROOF IS OPENED COMPLETELY, EVEN IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE CURRENT TO THE MOON ROOF MOTOR INCREASES. IN THIS CASE, THE CIRCUIT BREAKER BUILT INTO THE MOTOR OPENS AND CUTS OUT THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR, PREVENTING THE MOTOR FROM BURNING OUT.

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF SW. THUS, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION CONTINUES WHILE THE MOON ROOF SW CONTINUES TO BE PUSHED. 100 MM (3.94 IN.) BEFORE THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS OFF AND THIS SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO THE RELAY, SO THE RELAY STOPS OPERATION. THUS CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE MOON ROOF MOTOR AND THE MOON ROOF AUTOMATICALLY STOPS. IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS THEN PUSH AGAIN, THE TIMER INSTALLED IN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL TURNS ON AND THE RELAY OPERATES FOR 0.65 SEC. TO RE–OPERATE THE MOTOR SO THAT THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS ON. AS A RESULT, AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED, SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION OCCURS AND THE MOON ROOF IS ABLE TO FULLY CLOSE.

SERVICE HINTS
(A) MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

12,4–GROUND 6–GROUND 1–GROUND 5–GROUND 10–GROUND

: : : : :

ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSE POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN POSITION 0 VOLT → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.94 IN) BEFORE CLOSE POSITION

(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM COMPUTER) 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSED

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B M2 M5 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) C D CODE M3 M4 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) CODE SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 SEE PAGE 23 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1L 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE M1 P1 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT) ROOF NO NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE D G 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)

149

AUTO ANTENNA
7. 5A GAUGE 15A CIG 20A DOME 7. 5A RADIO

6 1D Y

3

1D L–R

2 2F L–Y

1 1F GR 1 F2 GR 14 1B

A 4 1D GR 3 RADIO SW OFF ON TAPE PLAYER SW RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

B–R 8

P–L 9

L–R

TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

Y

R–L

L–Y 11 H1

Y

8 H1

W–B

W–B

L–R

B–R

R–L

L–Y

B

ANTENNA MOTOR AND CONTROL RELAY W–B

1

5

6

2

4

LIMIT SW

UP DOUN

BR–B B–W B R–W 6 R–G L–Y Y B

B

M

L 1 4 2 3 9 5 7 8

C CONTROL RELAY W–B

I

150

P–L 3

SERVICE HINTS
(C) CONTROL RELAY

3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT UPPERMOST POSITION 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A R5 28 SEE PAGE B CODE A33 SEE PAGE 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1D 1F 2F 18 18 18 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F2 H1 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE I SEE PAGE 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT REAR FENDER

A BLUE

B BLUE

C

1 3 8 9

2

1 2 5 6 7

3 4 8 9

3 4 5 6

151

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
7. 5A RADIO 20A DOME C JUNCTION CONNECTOR(W/G) 6 1 1F GR 2 2F L–Y

B 1 D REAR SPEAKER LH (W/G)

14 14 1B 1 F2 B 10 1G L–Y GR 5 12

Y

2

B

3 X1

B 1 LH F

Y

7

13

Y

1 X1

Y

2

3 A

6 F1

2

R

6 X1

ROOF SPEAKER REAR (W/G) R 1 RH G

4 A

L–Y 4 J/B NO. 3 R 1 9 R W

L–Y

2 X1

W

2

3 V1

R 1 REAR SPEAKER RH E (W/G)

W

3

11

W

8 V1

W

2

(W/G)

(W/G)

(W/G)

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

2 B

B

19 H1

(W/G)

B

(S/D)

B 1 LH H

6 B

Y

20 H1

Y

(S/D)

Y

2

1 B

R

17 H1

REAR SPEAKER (S/D) R (S/D) R 1 RH I

3 B

W

18 H1

W

(S/D)

W

2

7 A

2 A

P

P 1 LH J

6 A

V

V

2

FRONT SPEAKER 1 A BR 1 RH 5 A L L 2 K LG LG

E

152

SERVICE HINTS
(A) RADIO AND TAPE RLAYER

4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D R5 R4 J1 S10 28 28 27 27 SEE PAGE E F G H CODE S11 R23 R24 S10 27 27 27 26 SEE PAGE I J K CODE S11 S7 S8 26 28 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 1G 2F 18 18 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 F2 H1 V1 X1 34 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE E 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

A BLUE

B BLUE 1

(W/G) 2 9 3

C 4 5 6 7

D

E

H

I

J

K

(W/G)

F

G

1 1 5 2 6 7 3 4 1 3 2 6 11 12 13 14

2

1 2

153

154
FLUID TEMP. SW(A/T) A/T OIL TEMP 6 A 6 C 3 F1 2 1F 9 3B V R–L J/B NO. 3 Y Y 13 L1 13 L4 1 V (ALL–TRAC /4WD) WATER TEMP. BR 5 B BR 7. 5A GAUGE 10 L1 10 L4 WATER TEMP. SENDER 4 B 16 L1 16 L4 1 Y–G Y–G (EX. 3S–FE FWD) (3S–FE FWD) CHECK ENGINE 9 B G–R TO TCCS ECU F FUEL SENDER FUEL Y–R 5 A 1 2 Y–R Y–R 15 H1 3 V3 4 3 8 V3 16 H1 BR 4 A Y–L Y–L Y–L FUEL GAUGE (ALL–TRAC /4WD) SPEED SENSOR W–B V–Y 3 A 2 A FROM TCCS ECU CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER ECT ECU A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIER TACHO 8 C B 2 L1 (EX. 3S–FE FWD) 2 L4 (3S–FE FWD) 2 G (2VZ–FE) 6 H (3S–FE) B

D

COMBINATION METER

B

E

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

K

W–B

W–B

W–B

I

W–B

(FWD)

9 V3

13 H1

BR

(ALL–TRAC /4WD)

BR

W–B

E

IGNITER

(3S–FE FWD) (EX. 3S–FE FWD) OIL 9 A Y–B 9 L1 9 L4 GR

I 1

OIL PRESSURE SW

J J/B NO. 3 BRAKE 7 B R–W R–W 15 3B 1 R–W

2

W–B

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW R–W 4 F1 5 1F 11 1B

8 1B

D 14 3B 1 R–W REAR LIGHTS 10 A TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR Y–G CHARGE 8 B 3 B TO CHARGE FUSE Y B–O

K

PARKING BRAKE SW

FROM IGN FUSE

155

COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
COMBINATION METER
(A) 6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON (B) 3–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON (B) 5, (A) 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (A) FUEL GAUGE 6–4 : APPROX. 64.3 6–3 : APPROX. 233.3 4–3 : APPROX. 169.0

WATER TEMP. GAUGE
(A) 6–(B) 4 : APPROX. 56 (A) 6–(B) 5 : APPROX. 145 (B) 4–(B) 5 : APPROX. 201 (E) WATER TEMP. SENDER (NIPPON DENSO MAKE) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 AT 50°C (122°F) APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F) (YAZAKI MAKE) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 152.7 AT 60°C (140°F) APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F) (F) FUEL SENDER 3–4 : APPROX. 3 WITH FUEL FULL APPROX. 110.0 WITH FUEL EMPTY (I) OIL PRESSURE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA) (J) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN (K) PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D C13 C11 C12 A44 28 28 28 25 SEE PAGE E F F G CODE W1 F9 F10 I3 SEE PAGE 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) 26 (S/D) 24 H I J K CODE I2 O5 B2 P1 25 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) 28 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1F 3B 18 18 22 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE F1 H1 L1 L4 V3 34 34 34 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 (BACK PANEL LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE B D E I K SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT KICK PANEL LEFT REAR FENDER BACK PANEL CENTER

156

157

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION. WITH THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UP WHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.

2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL) WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OF THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FOR WHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND, WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION. WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY IN POSITION. (SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS) WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION. WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.

3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL) WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THE RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP. (SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM) WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THE RESPECTIVE RESISTANCE ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.

4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C WATER TEMP. SW → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. AT THIS TIME, CURRENT IS SUPPLIED FROM THE FL 30A RDI FAN TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 6 OF THE CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 2 → COIL → TERMINAL 2 → A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → A/C WATER TEMP. SW → GROUND, THEN THROUGH THE FL 30A CDS → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY NO. 3. * LOW SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS TURNED ON DURING A/C OPERATION, CURRENT FROM THE A/C FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3. THEN THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF RELAY NO. 3 FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. SINCE THE CONDENSER AND RADIATOR FAN MOTORS ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES, BOTH FANS ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.

158

* HIGH SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE WATER TEMP. REACHES APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE (A/C WATER TEMP. SW IS OFF) OR THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE REACHES 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE (A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW IS OFF), CURRENT TO THE RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 2 IS CUT OFF AND THAT TO THE MOTOR IS SUPPLIED IN PARALLEL, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.

5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCH TYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER, THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALL SUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THE COMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE COMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE VSV TO PREVENT ENGINE SPEED DROP IN A/C OPERATION. THE A/C OPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, IS SUPPLIED WHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THE AMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THE A/C OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS 25 KM/H (16 MPH) OR LESS AND THE THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE IS APPROX. 80% OR MORE, OPERATION OF THE A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER STOPS A/C OPERATION FOR APPROX. 3 SECONDS. WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/C SW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.

159

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
30A FL RDI FAN 7. 5A IGN 30A FL CDS FAN (CANADA)

(USA)

Y–R

Y–R

6 6 1I B–O W 2 (USA)

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

(CANADA)

W

13 D1 B

1 B1 W (USA)

1 A1

1 C4

2 R–L R–L Y–R

4 C1 A A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR R (CANADA) 1 2E R L (USA) 2 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 4 1 6 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 1 2 2 2 1 M (USA) 2 R B–O

2 Y–R 1 MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY 3 2 3 H 2 (CANADA) A/C IDLE–UP VSV B–W L–Y L–Y Y–R 2 1

3 2G

2 B1

F (CANADA) MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY

2 (USA) B–W 2 A1

3

2

2 C4 (CANADA)

1 Y–R

2 2 B–R

4 2 W–R 2 2 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 1 2 B–W

B–W

B–W (USA)

3 2E

3 J3 1 J1

14 J3 8 J1 Y–R

Y–R

4 J3 2 J1

W–B

B–W

4 2C

6 4 2 3 2 W–B W–B B–W 7 G I

Y–R

2

L–B

A/C AMPLIFIER

2 2E

B

10 W–B

4 2A C L B A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 1

3 Y–R 6 4 J W–B

1 M 2

5 2E

6 2E

5 G–W

2 V–Y

A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER 4 J2 TO SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER]

2

7 2A

6 2C

11 J3 5 J1 L–B B–W

13 J3 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 7 J1 (FWD) V–Y 6 L4 6 L1 V–Y

D W–B A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1

B–W

1 E W–B A/C MAGNET CLUTCH 15

16 ALT A/C

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD)

K TCCS ECU

A

C

160

W–B

B–R

W–B

Y–G

Y–R

5

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) FWD)

3

W–B

Y–G(FWD)

Y (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

G

1

V–R V–R V–R

5 J2

Y–G

Y–G

7. 5A GAUGE

40A HEATER CB 1

2

4 L A/C CUT RELAY Y–G (ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) 1 4 9 1N 1 4

1 B–Y

3 LG–R 1 J3 11 K1

R–L

Y

Y–G

Y–G 2 4

Y(ALL–TRAC/4WD) Y–G(FWD) N A/C SW Y–G

4 2 J3 Y–B M A/C WATER TEMP. SW 6 B 5 HEATER RELAY 1 4 4 3 5

4

2

1

4

4

B 2 V–W B L

3 J2

1 J2 1 R M 2 B–W S BLOWER RESISTOR B–W 3 1 BLOWER MOTOR

V–W

1

I

A/C AMPLIFIER

3 W–Y

9 W–L

13

L

4

8

4 W–R B

2

L

10A A/C

W–B

W–L

5 J3 3 J1 W–Y W–L W–L O A/C THERMISTOR

15 J3 9 J1 W–R P A/C COMPRESSOR SENSOR

6 J3 4 J1 B

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) B–W 6 HI

1 M2

2 M1 LO 5 L–W

1

2

6 Q IGNITER T BLOWER SW 8 OFF

W–B

W–B

4 W–B 6 4

4

5

4

2

W–B 4 H

2

1

W–B

B–W

L–W

L–O

L–B

161

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITIION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 (2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF (2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 (2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON HEATER RELAY (4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON (C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 KG/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA) CLOSED BELOW 14 KG/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA) (D) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F) CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F) (G) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA) (H) A/C IDLE–UP VSV 1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω
(J) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER

3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH)
(O) A/C THERMISTOR

APPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F) 1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω 2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω 3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω

(S) BLOWER RESISTOR

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G A8 R1 A10 A13 A12 A43 A9 25 25 25 25 25 25 (CANADA) 25 SEE PAGE H I I J K L M CODE A11 A19 A20 A18 T3 A21 A14 25 25 (FWD) 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 28 28 28 25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) SEE PAGE N O P Q R S T CODE H6 A24 A7 I2 B5 B6 H7 28 28 25 25 28 28 28 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 4 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1N 2A 2C 2E 2G 18 20 20 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

162

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE A1 B1 C1 C4 D1 J1 J2 J3 K1 L1 L4 32 32 32 32 32 34 34 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A C H 32 32 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RADIATOR LEFT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

163

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B R–L 40A HEATER CB

7. 5A GAUGE

1 4 9 1N

L

R–L

A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

9 D 8 D 5 E R–L 4 5 2 3 HEATER RELAY 4 R–L

7 E 8 E 6 E

12 D

13 D

LG–R

BR–Y

LG–B

B–W

R–B

LG

O

4 4 W–B B 4

1 4 L–W 5 B BLOWER CONTROL RELAY 7 B–W

B–W

4 8 L–B B–W L–B 6 1 3 L–O W–B BR–B L–O

L–B B

2

B

P

1 M 2 B–W

A LG–R BR–Y BR–B LG–B BLOWER MOTOR

L–W

R–B

B–W

LG

O

B–W

2

8

11

7

14

1

13

12

L–O

L–B

P 6

2 G 5 W–B M HEAT 1 G

2 B–W 6

1

C

BLOWER RESISTOR

W–B

W–B

F AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 2 4 5 4 4 4

H

164

VENT

B R–L

B R–L

R–L 17 E

A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

10 D

11 D 1 D

4 D 5 D

16 E

10 E

W–G

R–W

W–B

L–O

L–R

L–B

Y–L

Y–R G–W Y–B G–R

B–W L–B L–O

BR–B L–W

G–W

W–G

BR–B

R–W

10

5

6

9

3

4

11

1

2

1

I

9

I

3 J

4 J 5 J

6 J

M

DEF FOOT/DEF FOOT

BI–LEVEL W–B

W–B

17 I OFF LO M1 M2 HI

FACE H AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 3 4 6 4 HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY W–B

B–W

G–R

L–W

Y–R

Y–B

L–O

L–O

L–R

Y–L

L–B

L–B

165

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B R–L B R–L

FRESH/RECIRC

SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

R

R–L 1 3 E 14 D 1 E 4 E 12 E 2 D 6 D M F K 2 W–G 3 W–R RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR G–W LG–B Y–R G–W Y–B G–R V–W V–W LG–B G–W G–R Y–R Y–B Y W–G W–R

4

I

13

I

12

I

3

I

15

I

11

I

2

I

10

I

V–W 6 I A/C

AUTO

FACE

BI–LEVEL

FOOT

G–R

Y–R

Y–B

Y

FOOT–DEF

DEF

RECIRC/FRESH

HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY W–B W–B

166

B 4 2

10A A/C Y–G (ALL–TRAC/4WD) 1 R–L 4 Y–G Y–G Y–G 11 K1 5 J2 V–R (ALL–TRAC/4WD) V–R N 4 2 A/C CUT RELAY 3 (USA) (CANADA) (USA) (CANADA) V–R 1 R–L R–L L–Y L–Y 2 J3 Y–B 1 5 G–W 11 J3 5 J1 L–B B–Y 7 G Y–R G 3 6 ACCELERATION T A/C CUT AMPLIFIER 2 4 W–B 2 V–Y 13 J3 7 J1 V–Y 6 L1 6 L4 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD) 1 6 S IGNITER V–Y TO SPEED SENSOR [COMB. METER] 15 J3 9 J1 W–R 6 J3 4 J1 B A/C WATER TEMP. SW(FOR A/C CUT) P

Y–G

Y (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

1 J3

LG–R

(FWD)

1

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

2 A/C IDLE–UP VSV Y–G

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

1 L

Y–R

M Y–R 2

Y–R(USA) Y–R(CANADA) B–W(USA) B–W

1 C4 1 A1 2 A1 2 C4 (CANADA)

Y–G

Y–R

V–W

3 J2

4 J3 2 J1

14 J3 8 J1

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD)

3 J3 1 J1

V–W

Y–G

Y–R

Y–R B–W

1

5

2

6

O

A/C AMPLIFIER

4

3

9

13

8

10

W–R

W–Y

W–L

Y–G

Q 7 I 14 I 1 J2 A/C THERMISTOR 1

W–L W–L

5 J3 3 J1 W–L

(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD)

R A/C COMPRESSOR SENSOR

8 I

L

2

W–B

4 J2

W–B

W–B

R–L

B

L

167

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
30A FL CDS FAN 6 2 W 6 1I B–O 30A FL RDI FAN

7. 5A IGN

1 B1 (USA) W U 1 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY R–L(USA) R–L(CANADA) L–Y L–Y (USA) (CANADA) W–B (USA) B–W 2 3 1 3 2 2 2 (USA) R 2 6 2 2 R 1 M

(CANADA)

W

13 D1 B 4 C1 B–O 3 2G L 1 2E 1

2

2 B1

(CANADA)

R

4 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1

A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 4 2 2 2 B–R 2 2 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 3 2E 2 3

1 V MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY

3

(CANADA) 2 1

3 2 B–W

W–R 4 2 5 2E W–B W–B 2 2E 7 2A 4 2A B

2

B–W

B–W

W TCCS ECU ALT A/C 16 15

6 2E

6 2C B–W

4 2C

B–W

1 B–W L–B M 2

Y RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

L–B 1 Z A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 2 BR 1

1 X A/C MAGNET CLUTCH

W–B

W–B

L

a A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)

C

A

168

SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. SW ON HEATER RELAY (4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON (C) BLOWER RESISTOR 1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω 1.5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω 2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω
(I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY

1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITION APPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F)

(K) A/C IDLE–UP VSV

1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω

(M) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA) (T) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH) A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 (2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF (2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 (2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON (X) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH 1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω (Z) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA) CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA) (a) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F) CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H I J B5 B4 B6 A22 A23 A27 A27 A28 H6 H7 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 SEE PAGE K L M N O O P Q R S CODE R8 A11 A9 A21 A19 A20 A14 A24 A7 I2 28 25 25 28 28 28 25 28 25 25 SEE PAGE T U V W X Y Z a CODE A18 A8 A43 T3 A12 R1 A10 A13 28 25 25 (CANADA) 28 25 25 25 25 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 4 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1N 2A 2C 2E 2G 18 20 20 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

169

RADIATOR FAN AND ATR COMDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE B1 C1 C4 D1 J1 J2 J3 K1 L1 L4 32 32 32 32 34 34 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A C H 32 32 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RADIATOR LEFT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

170

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION. WHEN THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UP WHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.

2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL) WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OF THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FOR WHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND, WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION. WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY IN POSITION. (SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS) WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION. WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.

3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL) WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THE RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP. (SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM) WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THE RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.

4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, TURNING THE ENGINE MAIN RELAY TO ON CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW TO THE RAD FAN FUSE AND THE CDS FAN FUSE. * LOW SPEED OPERATION OPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER TURNS RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 AND NO. 3 TO ON, AND CURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS IN SERIES FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 4 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → GROUND, CAUSING EACH FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. [THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 85° TO 90°C (185° TO 194°F).] * HIGH SPEED OPERATION OPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN AMPLIFIER AND HIGH PRESSURE SW CAUSES CURRENT TO THE COIL SIDE OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 TO BE CUT (BOTH RELAYS OFF). ACCORDINGLY, CURRENT FROM THE RAD FAN FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → GROUND, AND CURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND. THIS PARALLEL CURRENT FLOW TO BOTH MOTORS CAUSES BOTH FANS TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. [THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE WITH THE MAGNET CLUTCH OFF, OR ELSE WITH THE MAGNET CLUTCH ON AND THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE.]

171

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCH TYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 14 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER, THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALL SUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THE COMPRESSOR. THE A/C OPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, IS SUPPLIED WHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THE AMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THE A/C OPERATION. WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/C SW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.

172

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 (2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF (2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED IGNITION SW ON AND A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 (2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON (C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 Kg/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA) CLOSED BELOW 14 Kg/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA) (L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSUR LESS THAN 2.1 Kg/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 Kg/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA) (G) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F) CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F) (P) A/C THERMISTOR 1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F) HEATER RELAY (4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(T) BLOWER RESISTOR

1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω 2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω 3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C C D E F G A8 R1 A10 A10 S1 A12 A18 A13 24 24 24 (W/ A/C) 24 (W/O A/C) 24 24 28 24 (W/ A/C) SEE PAGE G H I J K L M N CODE A13 A21 A43 T4 T2 A9 H6 A19 28 24 (CANADA) 28 28 24 28 28 SEE PAGE 24 (W/O A/C) O P Q R S T U CODE A25 A25 A7 I3 B5 B6 H7 28 28 24 24 28 28 28 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 4 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1N 2A 2C 2E 2G 18 20 20 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE A2 C1 C5 D1 J2 J3 K1 30 30 30 30 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

173

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
40A HEATER FAN 7. 5A IGN 30A FL CDS FAN (USA) 6 6 1I A B–O A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 2 1 M (USA) 1 B1 W (CANADA) R–L W (USA) W (USA) 1 MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY B–O 2 2 3 2G (CANADA) (USA) 3 2 L–Y (USA) (USA) B–W (USA) 2 3 L–Y 2 (CANADA) 2 R–L (USA) 1 1 A2 C5 Y–R (CANADA)

13 D1 R B

1

I MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY (CANADA) 2 2 (CANADA) B–W

4 C1 B–O

2 B1

A2 C5

R

R

1 2E B–W B–W 2 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 4 1 6 1 6 2E 3 2 2 L

B–W (CANADA) Y–R

RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1

G–W 3 COMPRESSOR CONTROL AMPLIFIER 5 LG(W/ A/C) 1 6 4

3

2

2 2

4 2 W–R W–B B–W B–O 6 2C B–W B–W 7 (W/ A/C) P

H

B–R

L–B(W/O A/C) P(W/ A/C)

3 2E

(W/O A/C)

W–B

7 J3 (W/ A/C)

A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3

2 L–B(W/O A/C) L–B(W/ A/C)

1

WATER TEMP SENSOR (FOR CONDENSER FAN) W Y(W/O A/C)

3 A2 3 C5 A/C MAGNET CLUTCH (CANADA) 1 B–W B–Y

1

A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR CONDENSER FAN) W Y(W/ A/C) 1

4 2C

2

2 B–W

(USA)

B–Y

4 2

3 2

2

2

2 2E

B

W–B 8 J3 W–B

E 18 J3 6 J3 P(W/ A/C)

G

G

(W/ A/C) (W/ A/C) LG 5 6 W–B

17 J3 (W/O A/C) L

4 2A A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)

LG

1 SHORT PIN

1

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

L

1 M 2

5 2E

3

1

G 2

R

Y

7

F

A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER

C 2 B–R

2 B–R

C (W/ A/C) 7 2A BR(W/ A/C) W–B 1 2 B–R 16 J3 BR(W/O A/C) 4

B W–B

(W/O A/C) A PIN D SHORT (FOR FAN CHECK) C

174

Y–G 1 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

9 K1

Y–G 7. 5A GAUGE

30A HEATER CB 1

Y–R

9 1N

4

M A/C SW

22 J L–B

10 K B–G

Y–R

Y–R

ACT

A/C

5 6

Y–G

Y–R

10 J3

3 J3

9 J3 A/C 4 4 2 V–W Y–R 3 10A A/C 2 HEATER RELAY 1 4 4 4 4 5 2 W–B 4

B–W

Y–G

L

2

R–L

TCCS ECU

L

2

Y–R

L

1

G–W

B–W

L–W

Y–R

3 J2

1 J2 B B

G–W G–W V–W

1

12

11

14

10

L

N

A/C AMPLIFIER 1 S M 2 B–W T BLOWER RESISTOR B–W 3 1 BLOWER MOTOR

3 W–B

5 BR–W

9 W–L

13 W

8 W–R

7 B

W–B

O A/C DIODE

1

2 B–Y

B–Y 4 2

W–B

B–Y

4 J3 BR–W W–B W–L

14 J3 L–R

13 J3

5 J3 B–W B 2 U 6 HI

1 M2

2 M1 LO 5 L–W

P A/C THERMISTOR

Q A/C COMPRESSUR SENSOR

1 W–L

1 3

OFF 8

R IGNITER

BLOWER SW

W–B

W–B

W–R

4 W–B W–B 4 J2 W–B 6 4

4

5

4

2

W–B 4 H

2

2

W–B

B–W

L–W

L–O

L–B

W–L

B

2

L–W

175

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE A C H 30 30 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RADIATOR LEFT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

176

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)

177

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
30A HEATER CB 7. 5A GAUGE B R–L

1 4 9 1N

A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER R–L L

9 D 8 D 5 E R–L 4 5 2 3 HEATER RELAY 4 R–L

7 E 8 E 6 E

12 D

13 D

LG–R

BR–Y

LG–B

B–W

R–B

O

4 4 W–B 4

1 4 L–W 5 B BLOWER CONTROL RELAY B–W 7

B

B–W

4 8 L–B B–W L–B 6 1 3 L–O W–B BR–B L–O

L–B B

2

B

R–L

LG

P

1 M 2 B–W

A LG–R BR–Y BR–B LG–B BLOWER MOTOR

L–W

R–B

B–W

LG

O

B–W

2

8

11

7

15

1

13

12

P 6

2 B–W 6

L–O

L–B

2 G

1 5 HEAT W–B M 1 G

C

BLOWER RESISTOR

W–B

W–B

F AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 2 4 5 4 4 4

H

178

VENT

B R–L R–L

B R–L

17 E

A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

10 D

11 D 1 D

4 D 5 D

16 E

10

E

W–G

R–W

W–B

L–O

L–R

Y–L

L–B

Y–R G–W Y–B G–R

B–W L–B L–O

BR–B L–W

BR–B

G–W

R–W

W–G

G–R

Y–R

Y–B

L–O

10

5

6

9

3

4

11

1

L–B

Y–L

2

1

I

9 I

3 J

4 J 5 J

6 J

M

DEF

FOOT/DEF FOOT

BI–LEVEL W–B

W–B

17 I OFF LO M1 M2 HI

FACE H AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 3 4 6 4 HEATER CONTROL SW W–B

B–W

L–W

L–O

L–R

L–B

179

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B R–L R–L B R–L

1 R FRESH/RECIRC

A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

3 E

14 D

11 E

4 E

12 E

2 D

6 D

M F K 2 W–G 3 W–R RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

G–W

LG–B

Y–R G–W Y–B G–R V–W

V–W LG–B

G–R

Y–R

Y–B

Y

W–G

G–W

W–R

4

I

13

I

12

I

3

I

15

I

11

I

2

I

10

I

6

V–W I A/C

FACE

BI–LEVEL

FOOT

G–R

Y–R

Y–B

Y

FOOT/DEF

DEF

RECIRC/FRESH

HEATER CONTROL SW W–B W–B

180

B R–L

4 2

10A A/C

1 4 Y–G 1

L

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 2 Y–R Y–R

Y–G

Y–G

11 K1

TCCS ECU V–W V–W A/C 10 M B–G ACT 22 N G–W Y–R L–B Y–R L–W

3 J2

3 J3

10 J3

9 J3

15 J3

G–W

B–W

Y–R

G–W

V–W

L–W

LG

17 J3 Y WATER TEMP. SENSOR (FOR RADIATOR FAN) U 7 J3

Y–R

10

12

1

14

11

3

4

5

2

O

A/C AMPLIFIER

T

COMPRESSOR CONTROL AMPLIFIER 6 7

2

5

9

13

8

7

3

1

1 W

BR–W

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–L

Y–G

B–Y

R–L

W

B

P 7 I 14 I A/C THERMISTOR 1 J2 1

S 1 A/C DIODE

2 B–Y

2

W–L W–L B–Y

4 J3 W–L

14 J3 L–R

13 J3 W–R

5 J3

Q 8 I L A/C COMPRESSOR SENSOR 1 3 2 R IGNITER

2

W–B

4 J2

B

W–B

P

L

W–B

181

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)

182

SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 3–4 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE HEATER RELAY (4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON (C) BLOWER RESISTOR 1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω 1–5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω 2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω (I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY 1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITION APPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F) (L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA) (W) A/C CONDENSOR FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (V) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH 1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 (2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF (2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND/OR WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 (2) 1–(2 ) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON (c) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN) 1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA) CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA)

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A B C D E F G H I J B5 B4 B6 A22 A23 A27 A27 A28 H6 H7 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 SEE PAGE K L M N O P Q R S T CODE R8 A9 T2 T4 A19 A25 A7 I3 A25 A21 28 24 28 28 28 28 24 24 28 28 SEE PAGE U V W X Y Z a b c CODE W3 A12 A18 A43 A13 A8 R1 S1 A10 24 24 28 24 24 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 4 20 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1I 1N 2A 2C 2E 2G 18 20 20 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

183

RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE A2 B1 C1 C5 D1 J2 J3 K1 30 32 30 30 30 34 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2) ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A C H 30 30 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER RADIATOR LEFT R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT

184

GROUND POINTS
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW COMB. METER (SPEED SENSOR) BR BR (2VZ–FE) W–B W–B W–B MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY W–B OX SENSOR (SUB)

W–B

W–B

1 P1

W–B

W–B

(ANALOG)

W–B BR

W–B

MOON ROOF LIMIT SW

BR (FWD) FUEL SENDER (ANALOG) KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID W–B (ALL–TRAC/4WD) W–B 9 V3 13 H1 BR

E

G

W–B MOON ROOF SW W–B (W/ MOON ROOF) B (S/D)

MAP LIGHT

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

W–B DIMMER SW W–B

W–B

7 1M 9 1L W–B 13 1I 3 1M 14 1L 3 1F 5 1K W–B W–B 8 F1 2 E2 W–B J

CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. METER] FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW

W–B

POWER MAIN RELAY

W–B

W–B

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

BR LIGHT CONTROL SW 3 STARTER RELAY 1 W–B(W/O MOON ROOF) W–B (M/T)

W–B

11 1N W–B 1 1C 8 18

6 M1

MAP LIGHT

W–B

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW W–B (3S–FE) W–B (3S–FE) W–B (W/ A/C) W–B (W/ A/C) W–B

W–B

W–B

A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER COMPRESSOR CONTROL AMPLIFIER A/C CONDENSOR FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY DOOR LOCK SOLENOID FRONT RH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW RH

W–B

4 J2 (2VZ–FE)

W–B

A/C AMPLIFIER

1 1J

D

W–B

OUT SIDE HANDLE SW

W–B

W–B

DOOR LOCK SOLENOID FRONT LH POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW LH

W–B

W–B W–B F W–B

W–B

INTEGRATION RELAY W–B W–B W–B UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B 7 9 W–B W–B W–B

O1 O2 W–B

SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY

W–B

( EX.CANADA 3S–FE W/ POWER WINDOW) ( CANADA 3S–FE W/ POWER WINDOW)

W–B 4 3 4 5 4 W–B W–B W–B

6

W–B

SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

W–B

BLOWER RESISTOR

W–B (W/ CANADA) CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER 2 HEATER RELAY 4 BR 1 4 W–B 2 4 H 4 4 W–B W–B

RUNNING LIGHTS RELAY BLOWER CONTROL RELAY

HEATER BLOWER SW

186

OX SENSOR (SUB)

W–B

12 L1 (2VZ–FE)

BR

BR

OX SENSOR (MAIN)

ECT ECU BR BR(FWD)

BR

BR

BR

EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 10 10 L4 L1 BR COMB. METER (WATER TEMP. )

ECT SOLENOID

BR

CHECK CONNECTOR

BR

(3S–FE FWD) (EX. 3S–FE FWD)

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)

(2VZ–FE)

W–B

ECT SOLENOID

AIR FLOW METER BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)

W–B

BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)

W–B NOISE FILTER W–B 6 L3 W–B(ALL–TRAC/4WD)

EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR

ECT ECU

W–B

TCCS ECU

(E21)

W–B(3S–FE W/O ECT)

W–B W–B

W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

(ALL–TRAC/4WD)W–B

BR

BR

(FWD)W–B

(E1)

BR

W–B K W–B

REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH

TCCS ECU

(E01)

W–B

W–B

BR

FUEL SENDER

(E02) W–B

W–B

B

W–B FUEL PUMP (ALL–TRAC/4WD)

(S/D)4 V2 (STATION W/G)7 V1 W–B (ANALOG) W–B 3 3B 1 3A 2 3A 15 3C W–B 14 3C 2 3B 3 3A 16 3C 15 3D W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B J/B NO. 3 W–B

7 V3 W–B

W–B

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH LICENCE PLATE LIGHT LH LICENCE PLATE LIGHT RH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH ANTENNA MOTOR AND CONTROL RELAY

COMB. METER

W–B

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

(S/D) W–B

3 U1

W–B

W–B

REOSTAT

W–B

W–B

CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW

W–B

W–B

CLOCK

W–B

DIFF LOCK CONTROL SW

W–B

W–B

LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR REAR COMBIANTION LIGHT LH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH REAR COMBIANTION LIGHT LH

DEFOGGER SW

W–B

W–B

REAR WIPER SW

W–B

W–B

W–B A/T INDICATOR

2 a1

W–B

(FWD)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

W–B

FUEL PUMP

CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER W–B O/D MAIN SW

W–B

16 3D 14 3D

W–B

12 Q1

W–B AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER W–B

W–B

SPOOL RELEACE SW

(FWD) W–B W–B

W–B FUEL SENDER

W–B

1 a2

W–B BUCKLE SW W–B

A. B. S. COMPUTER

W–B

M

I

POWER SEAT SW

187

GROUND POINTS
ENGINE MAIN RELAY W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

EFI MAIN RELAY 3 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 2 3 A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 2 W–B W–B 5 2E W–B 3 2C W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY

W–B A. B. S. ACTUATOR W–B

AIR FLOW METER

7 2A W–B

A. B. S. CHECK CONNECTOR RADIATOR FAN MOTOR CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM PUMP CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM SW

W–B HEAD LIGHTS LH W–B HEAD LIGHTS RH (W/ CANADA)

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

C

A

W–B

W–B (W/O A. B. S. )

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT BACK DOOR COURTESY SW

(STATION W/G)

B

W–B

W–B (STATION W/G) W–B

LICENCE PLATE RH

(STATION W/G) W–B B W–B L (STATION W/G) W–B (STATION W/G) W–B (STATION W/G) 1 W2 W–B 1 Y2 (STATION W/G) W–B

LICENCE PLATE LH

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B

(STATION W/G)

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 2 4 21 18 21 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

188

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1F 1I 1J 1K 1L 1M 1N 2A 2C 2E 3A 3B 3C 3D 18 18 18 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

18

COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

20 20 20

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

22

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE E2 F1 H1 J2 L1 L3 L4 M1 O1 O2 P1 Q1 U1 V1 V2 V3 W2 Y2 a1 a2 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 38 36 (S/D) 38 38 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ROOF NO NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF, ROOF RIGHT) FLOOR NO. NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE A B C D E F G H I J K L M SEE PAGE 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 30 (2VZ–FE) 32 (3S–FE) 34 34 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 34 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 36 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) 38 36 (S/D) 38 (STATION W/G) GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT FENDER INTAKE MANIFOLD RADIATOR LEFT J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM) R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT LEFT REAR FENDER RIGHT REAR PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER DECK RIGHT BACK DOOR RIGHT RIGHT REAR FENDER

189